mmm
ROY
6600
r &
*i£*"":
m& ?*
fW
*
k •'
r ▼VX*
*>
5ft
V
K5t
IB-
P3*
*
j*y r>.
•
? if
^>"^ :
1.?*
»a^*>ra?^
Roy
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.
LIBRARY
MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.
JJ.&
TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS
REPORT
OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
VOL. IXIXII.
For 1896-97.
[With Three Plates ]
EDITED BY PROFESSOR RALPH TATE.
W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
DECEMBER, 1897.
Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South
Australia, from Europe and America, should be addressed
" per W. G. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co.,
35, Milk Street, Gheapside, London."
$01) al Secret]) of Sontj) Australia.
lata* :
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN 1 .
[Elected Octoeek, 1897.]
VV. L. CLELAND, M.B.
Witt~'§xm'bmt :
PROFESSOR RALPH TATE
(Representative Governor.)
WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S.
$01*. %tw%mtt :
WALTER RUTT, C.E.
G. G. MAYO, C.E.
REV. THOS. BLACKBURN, B.A. PROFESSOR E. H. RENNIE,
SAMUEL DIXON D.Sc, F.C.S.
MAURICE HOLTZE, F.L.S. W. H. SELWAY, Jun.
J. S. LLOYD E. C. STIRLING, C.M.G., M.D.,
M.A., F.R.S.
ERRATUM.
Vol. XX. Plate II.
The legend "grits, rotten slates," etc., refers to the Archaean ;
whilst the area indicated as occupied by those beds is Eocene.
CONTENTS.
PART I. (Issued July, 1897.) i
Cossmann, M. : The Opisthobranchs of the Older Tertiary of Aus
tralia (plates i. and ii. ) ...
Morgan, Dr. M. : List of Birds in the Neighbourhood of Laura, S. A,
Waite, E. R. : Notes on Australian Typhlopidie (plate iii.) ..
Blackburn, Rev. T. : Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera
Tate, Prof. R. : Critical Remarks on some Australian Mollusca
Lower, Oswald B. : Description of new Australian Lepidoptera
David, Prof. T. W. E., and VV. Howchin: Notes on the Glacial
Features of the Inman Valley ...
Tate, Prof. R. : Evidences of Glaciation in Central Australia
Abstract of Proceedings
Annual Report ...
Balance-sheet ...
Presidential Address ...
List of Fellows
Donations to Library ...
APPENDICES.
1
22
25
28
40
5(»
61
68
PART II. (Issued December, 1897.)
Tate, Prof. R. : A List of Plants collected by the Calvert Expedition 69
Browne, J. Harris : Anthropological Notes relating to the Aborigines
of the Lower North of South Australia ... ... .. ... 72
Howchin, Walter : On the Occurrence of Lower Cambrian Fossils in
the Mount Lofty Ranges 74
Maiden, J. H. : On a New Atriplex from South Australia 87
Blackburn, Rev. T. : Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera .. 88
... 99
... 103
... 105
... 106
... 122
... 127
Proceedings, Annual Report, and Balance-sheet of the Field Naturalists'
Section .. ... ... ... ... .. ... ... 130
Annual Report and Balance-sheet of the Astronomical Section .. 135
General Index ... ... ... ... .. ... .. ... ... 137
OCT 1 ]8S7
The Gasteropods of the Older Tertiary of
Australia— Les Opisthobranghes.
By Maurice Cossmann, Hon. Fellow.
[Read April 6, 1897.]
Plates I., II.
[Preface. — The examples of fossil-species which form the
subject of this memoir were presented to the author by me, but
a duplicate set is placed in the Museum of the University of
Adelaide. The locality-names quoted by M. Cossmann are those
which accompanied his specimens, but I have added to the list
as fully as records in the University Museum allow of. — R.
Tate.]
Aetaeon serobiculatus, Ten.- Woods. PI. i., fig. 1-3.
Reference. — Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1876, p. 102 (1877).
Taille petite ; forme ovale, plus ou moins ventrue; spire courte,
agalbe conoidal ; embryon peu saillant; cinq tours peu convexes,
dont la hauteur est inferieure a la moitie de la largeur, separes
par des sutures peu profondes, ornes de quatre sillons spiraux,
cloisonnes par de lines lamelles d'accroissement. Dernier tour
presque egal aux quatre cinquiemes de la longueur totale, ovoi'de,
regulierement orne comme la spire jusque sur la base, qui est
etroitement subperforee dans la region ombilicale. Ouverture
etroite en arriere, dilatee en avant ou elle est arrondie et legere-
ment versante ; labre assez epais, tres arque, un peu ^chancre au
dessus de la suture ; columelle coudee par un pli oblique et a
peine saillant ; bord columellaire large, calleux, un peu detache
de la base.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 8 mill.; diametre, 3*75 mill.
Localites. — Eocene : Table Cape, Tasmania ; Spring Creek,
near Geelong, Victoria.
Neotypes. — PI. i., tigs. 1-3 ; deux echantillons ventras de Table
Cape, un echantillon plus etroit de Spring Creek. Ma collection.
Affinites. — Cette espece se rapproche par son ornementation de
Act. subinflatus, d'Orb., du calcaire grossier parisien ; mais elle
en diftere par sa spire plus courte, par ses tours plus etroits et
moins convexes, par sa perforation ombilicale, par son pli moins
saillant. Si on la compare a Act. electus, Desh., du Suessonien
des environs de Paris, elle a la spire plus courte, les tours moins
eleves, le labre plus arque, la columelle plus coudee. Enfin,
quand on la rapproche de Act. inflatior, Meyer, de Claiborne, on
reniarque qu'elle est moins globuieuse, que sa spire est plus
conoide, que son embryon est moins saillant, que son labre est
plus sinueux en arriere, et que son pli columellaire est moins
anguleux.
Aetseon funiculifer, nov. sp. PI. i., fig. 4, 5.
Taille petite ; forme ovale et globuieuse ; spire tres courte, a
galbe conique ; embryon a nucleus extremement petit, a peine
deVie ; cinq tours tres etroits, presque plans, separes par des
sutures etroitement canaliculees, ornes de trois rainures spirales
et cloisonnees par de fines lamelles d'accroissement. Dernier
tour egal ou superieur aux quatre cinquiemes de la longueur
totale, plus large en arriere qu'au milieu, ovalement attenue a la
base, orne de rainures cloisonnees inegales et inequidistantes,
celles du bas plus larges que les rubans qui les separent, celles de
la base plus serrees et separees par des cordons arrondis aussi
larges qu'elles. Ouverture mediocrement retrecie en arriere,
dilatee et versante en avant; labre arque, non echancre en
arriere; columelle courte, presque dans le prolongement de la base
de l'avant-dernier tour, munie d'un pli saillant, transverse et
place* tres bas qui forme un gradin peu eleve; bord columellaire
calleux, recouvrant la fente ombilicale.
Dimensions, — Longueur, 8 mill.; diametre, 4*25 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (pi. i., fig. 4, 5), ma collection.
Miocene, Victoria.
Affinith. — Quoique cette espece ait beaucoup de ressemblance
avec Act. scrobiculatus, T. Woods, elle nitrite d'un etre separee a
cause de sa spire plus courte, de ses tours plus etroits, de ses
sutures canaliculees, de ses sillons plus largement rainures, de
son pli columellaire plus saillant et moins eleve, de l'absence de
perforation sous le bord columellaire. Elle est presque aussi
ventrue que Act. inflatior, Meyer, de Claiborne ; mais elle a une
spire plus courte, la convexite maximum de son dernier tour est
situee plus en arriere, son pli columellaire est plus saillant et
moins arrondi, enfin ses rainures spirales sont plus larges.
Aetseon subsealatus, nov. sp. Pi. i., fig. 8, 9.
Taille tres petite ; forme globuieuse, subspherique ; spire courte,
^tag^e en gradins, a galbe conoidal; embryon tres petit, a nucleus
deVie perpendiculairement ; quatre tours tres convexes, dont la
hauteur atteint le tiers de la largeur, separes par des sutures peu
profondes, Stages en arriere par une rampe arrondie, ornes de cinq
sillons spiraux et cloisonnes par de fines lamelles d'accroissement.
Dernier tour egal aux trois quarts de la longueur, ventru, sub-
anguleux en arriere, ovalement arrondi a la base, regulierement
orne" de sillons etroits et finement cloisonnes, qui sont plus pro-
fonds et plus serres sur la base imperfor£e. Ouverture courte et
assez large, a peine versante en avant ; labre presque rectiligne
et vertical, lacinie sur son contour par 1'extreniite des sillons
spiraux ; columelle munie d'un pli oblique et peu saillant ; bord
columellaire etroit et peu calleux.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 4*5 mill.; diaruetre, 3 mill.
Localites et type. — Aldinga (PL i., fig. 8, 9), ma collection ;
Adelaide-bore. — Eocene, Austr. Sud.
Affinites. — II n'est pas possible de confondre cette espece avec
les precedentes; outre qu'elleest beaucoup plus globuleuse et plus
courte, ses tours sont plus etages, et son pli columellaire est plus
oblique, enfin son labre est presque droit. Elle a un peu la forme
de Semiactceon sph&riculus du bassin de Paris, mais elle n'appar-
tient pas au meme sous genre a cause de son pli epais et de
l'absence de fente ombilicale ; de plus, ses sillons sont plus
cloisonnes.
Aetseon distinguendus, nov. gp. PL i., figs. 6, 7.
Taille petite ; forme ovale, trapue ; spire courte, a galbe
conique ; embryon gros, a nucleus obliquement devie ; cinq tours
a peine con vexes, dont la hauteur est inferieure au tiers de la
large ur, separes par des sutures etroitement canaliculees, etages
par une rampe obliquement declive et plus ou moins visible au
dessus de la suture, ornes d'un seul sillon spiral et ponctue sur
cette rampe inferieure. Dernier tour un peu cylindrique au
milieu, ovale a la base, subanguleux a la limite de la rampe
declive en arriere, orue de sillons spiraux et ponctues tres ecartes,
entre lesquels il y a une strie plus obsolete; sur la base, les sillons
sont plus profonds et plus rapproches. Ouverture egale aux deux
tiers de la longueur totale, tres etroite en arriere, arrondie et
versante a la base ; labre assez mince, arque, un peu sinueux en
arriere ; columelle faisant un angle de 100° avec la base de
l'avant-dernier tour, munie d'un pli epais, saillant et arrondi ;
bord columellaire large et calleux, recouvrant completement la
fente ombilicale.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 7 mill. ; diametre, 2-5 mill.
Localites et type. — Eocene : Muddy Creek (PI. i., tigs. 6, 7),
ma collection; Cheltenham near Melbourne; River Murray Cliffs.
AJ/inites. — Cette espece ressemble a Act. Deshayesi, de Rainc,
du calcaire grossier parisien, a cause de son ornementation et de
sa rampe declive ; mais elle est beaucoup moins globuleuse, sa
spire est plus allongee, ses sutures sont plus canaliculees et son
pli columellaire est plus saillant. On peut encore la comparer a
Act. lineatus, Lea, de Claiborne, qui a aussi des sillons dcartes ;
mais elle s'en distingue par son unique sillon sur chaque tour de
spire, par sa rampe plus declive, par son ouverture plus etroite et
par son pli plus saillant.
Aetseon evanescens, noo. sp. PL L, fig. 10, n.
Taille assez petite ; forme ovale, trapue ; spire courte, un peu
etagee, a galbe conique ; enibryon a nucleus globuleux et devie ;
quatre tours un peu con vexes, dont la hauteur atteint a peine le
tiers de la largeur, separes par des sutures canaliculus et forinant
un etroit gradin, lisses et brillants, sont un seul sillon spiral au
dessus de la suture. Dernier tour presque superieur aux trois
quarts de la longueur totale, regulierenient ovale, arrondi a la
base qui est etroitement perforee, orne d'un profond sillon et
d'une legeYe strie au dessus de la suture puis une large zone
lisse, au milieu cinq sillons spiraux et ponctues avec une
legere strie intercalate, enfin sur la base une douzaine de
sillons plus rapproches et plus profonds, sans stries dans l'inter-
valle. Ouverture grande et large, peu versante en avant ; labre
a peu pres rectiligne et vertical; columelle faisant un angle de
120° avec la base de l'avant-dernier tour, inunie d'un pli oblique,
assez large et peu saillant ; bord columellaire mince, detache en
avant de la fente ombilicale.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 5-25 mill.; diametre, 2 "75 mill.
Localites et type. — Adelaide-bore (PI. i., figs. 10, 11), ma col-
lection ; Aldinga. — Eocene, Austr. Sud.
Affinites. — Cette espece se rapproche, par son ornementation et
sa bande lisse, d' Act. Loustaui, Desk., du calcaire grossier parisien ;
mais elle n'a pas la rampe declive et les tours subanguleux de
cette coquille. Si on la compare a Act. procerus, Desh., du
Suessonien, qui a aussi une bande lisse sur le dernier tour, elle en
differe par sa forme beaucoup plus trapue, et d'ailleurs elle n'ap-
partient pas au meme groupe, puisque son pli columellaire est
simple.
Aetseon olivellsef ormis, Tate. Pi. i., figs. 12, 13.
Synonymie. — Actceopyramis olivellceformis, Tate, 1893.
Reference.— Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. vol. XXVII., p. 181,
pi. xi., fig. 2.
Taille assez petite ; forme etroite, pyramidelloide ; spire
allongee, a galbe conique ; enibryon a nucleus obtus et devie ;
huit tours a peine convexe, dont la hauteur atteint ou depasse les
trois quarts de la largeur, separes par des sutures etroitement
canaliculus, a peu pres lisses, avec de tres fines stries spirales
ecartees ou peu visibles et un seul sillon situe pres de la suture
superieure. Dernier tour embrassant, egal a la moitie de la
longueur totale chez les individus adultes, etroitement ovale,
presque lisse comrae la spire, sauf a la partie anterieure ou il
existe 9 sillons ecartes, et sur la base imperforee qui porte
encore 6 stries plus serrees. Ouverture courte, subrhomboidale,
arrondie du cote anterieur ; labre tres mince, peu arque et peu
sinueux en arriere ; columelle coudee, faisant un angle de 100°
avec la base de l'avant-dernier tour mimie d'un pli sans saillie
qui forme le coude ; bord columellaire mince et bifide sur la
region du pli.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 8*25 mill. ; diametre, 2-5 mill.
Localites. — Muddy Creek, Spring Creek near Geelong. —
Eocene.
JVeotype. — Muddy Creek (PI. i., figs. 12, 13), ma collection.
Observations. — Cette espece a ete decrite par M. Tate dans le
genre Actceopyramis, institue par Fischer pour corriger le double
emploi Monoptygma (Gray, non Lea) ; je ne crois pas qu'elle ap-
partienne a ce genre qui ne comprend que des coquilles de
Pyramidellidw, tandis qu 'Act. olicelkeformis a les tours em-
brassants et l'embryon des Actceonidce ; d'ailleurs on trouve deja
l'indice deson pli bifide dans les Actceon du groupe d 'A. Gmelini;
elle ne s'en distingue que par sa forme plus allongee et a demi
lisse, comme les Crenilabium; toutefois elle n'a pas les crenelures
columellaires de ce dernier genre, et son pli coude est tout a fait
different.
Semiactseon microplocus, nov. sp. PI. i., figs. 14, 15.
Taille assez petite ; forme ovale ; spire courte ; embryon obtus,
a nucleus empate dans la spire ; quatre tours peu con vexes, dont
la hauteur egale le tiers de la largeur, separes par des sutures
etroitement canaliculus, ornes en avant de trois stries spirales
obsoletes, et au dessous d'un intervalle lisse un peu plus large,
d'un sillon peu profond, plus rapproche de la suture. Dernier
tour egal aux trois quarts de la hauteur totale, ovale, arrondie a
la base qui est perforee d'une etroite fente ombilicale, orne sur
toute sa surface (sauf un etroit espace lisse au dessus du sillon
sutural), de stries spirales et finement ponctues, plus serrees et
plus profondes autour de la region ombilicale. Ouverture courte
et large, arrondie et peu versante du cote anterieur ; labre un
peu oblique et subsinueux, epaissi a l'interieur; continuelle
droite et inclinee, faisant un angle de 130° avec la base de
l'avant-dernier tour, portant au milieu un pli arrondi et peu
saillant ; bord columellaire detache de la base, se raccordant au
contour superieur de l'ouverture.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 6*5 mill.; diametre, 4*75 mill.
Localites et type. — River Murray Cliffs (PI. i., figs. 14, 15), ma
collection ; Mornington (Port Phillip Bay). — Eocene.
Affinites. — Cette coquille s'ecarte des AcUeon par la petitesse de
son pli columellaire ; pour ce motif, je la place dans le sous-genre
Semiactceon que j'ai proposee, en 1889, pour #. sphcericulus, Desh.,
Actoion imteolata, Pritchard, Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. VIII., p. 124, t. 4,
figs. 10-12, 1896, a fossil from Table Cape, is considered by MM. Cosstnaun
and Tate to belong to Odontostomia.
du calcaire grossier parisien ; inais l'espece australienne se dis
tingue de celle ci par sa taille plus grande, par ses sillons beaucoup
moins profonds, par son orabilic moins ouvert et par son pli plus
saillant. Si on la compare a S. Besanconi, de la Loire inferieure,
on remarque que ses sillons sont moins profonds, moins reguliers,
et que son ouverture est plus large, plus evasee en avant.
Triploea ligata, Tate. PL L, figs. 16, 17.
Reference.— J own. Roy. Soc, N.S.W., vol. XXVII., 1893,
p. 186, pi. xi., fig. 7.
Forme ovoido-conique ; spire un peu etagee et allongee, a galbe
conique ; embryon peu developpe, a nucleus obtus ; cinq tours
peu con vexes, separes par des sutures canaliculus, avec un etroit
gradin accompagne d'un profond sillon spiral, ornes de fines stries
imperceptiblement ponctuees. Dernier tour egal aux deux tiers
de la longueur totale, arrondi a la base qui est etroitement per-
il oree, orne sur toute sa surface de fines stries spiral es, outre le
sillon voisin de la suture. Ouverture courte, ovale en avant et
legerement echancree sur le contour superieur; labre mince,
peu arque ; columelle munie de trois plis lamelleux et saillants,
les deux anterieurs plus rapproches et presque confondus ou un
suel pli bifide ; bord columellaire non calleux.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 8 mill.; diametre, 4 mill.
Localites et neotype. — Adelaide-bore (PI. i., figs. 16, 17), ma
collection ; Cape Otway. — Eocene.
Observations. — J'ai place Triploea (Essais de Pal. Comp. I.,
1895, p. 50, pi. vii., fig. 19) comme sous-genre de Tomatellcea,
parce que ses plis columellaires ont la ineine apparence et que le
contour basal de Fouverture est subechancre ; ce rapprochement
est d'autant plus justifie, que les deux plis anterieurs ont une
tendance a se confondre Tun avec l'autre, de maniere a presenter
l'apparence d'un seul pli dedouble. D'ailleurs Triploea s'ecarte
des Ringinella, qui ont aussi trois plis columellaires et un galbe
presque identique, par son labre mince ou peu epais, non borde
par un bourrelet externe. On ne connait jusqu'a present, que
cette seule espece type representant cet interessant sous-genre.
Tornatina paehyptyeha, no v. sp. PL L, figs. 20, 21.
Taille petite ; forme cylindrique ; spire tres courte, etagee en
grading ; embryon assez gros, a nucleus translucide, globuleux et
obliquement devie ; quatre tours plans, extremement etroits,
munis en arriere d'une rampe declive, excav(5e et limitee par un
angle un peu saillant, ornes de petits plis d'accroissement obliques
sur la rampe. Dernier tour superieur aux trois quarts de la
hauteur totale, a galbe cylindrace, un peu ovalise en arriere et
a la base qui porte, sur la region ombilicale, une depression im-
perforee et limitee par un angle emousse ; surface entierement
lisse, sauf les stries d'accroissement. Ouverture longue, etroite,
a bords paralleles en arriere, dilatee, versante et obliquement
tronquee a la base ; labre mince, oblique, arque, sinueux pres
de la rampe suturale ; columelle courte, excavee, se raccordant
avec la base de l'avant-dernier tour par une courbe en S.,
munie d'un gros pli oblique et peu saillant ; bord columellaire
large, mince en arriere, calleux en avant, rejoignant le contour
superieur par une courbe largement ouverte.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 6*25 mill. ; diametre, 2*75 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (PI. i., figs. 20, 21), ma collec-
tion ; Miocene : Victoria.
Affinites — On ne peut confondre cette espece avec E. crassi-
plica, Conr., du Vicksburgien des Etats Unis, qui a une spire
encore plus courte et sans gradins, dont le pli est plus anguleux,
dont la forme est plus trapue et dont le galbe est plus arrondi en
arriere. Si on la rapproche de E. grignonensis, Desh., du cal-
caire grossier parisien, on remarque qu'elle s'en distingue par sa
spire etagee et par sa forme cylindracee, par sa depression
ombilicale.
Tornatina longispira, nov. sp. PI. i., figs. 18, 19.
Taille petite ; forme cylindrique ; spire un peu allongee, etagee
en gradins ; embryon saillant a nucleus globuleux et translucide;
quatre tours dont la hauteur atteint ou depasse le tiers de la
largeur, plans et lisses, munis en arriere d'une rampe assez large
et taillee a angle droit. Dernier tour egal aux trois quarts de la
longueur totale, cylindrace, ovale a la base qui porte une petite
rainure, imperforee a la place de l'ombilic ; surface entierement
lisse, sur laquelle on ne distingue meme pas les stries d'accroisse-
ment. Ouverture a bords non paralleles, etroite en arriere, un
peu plus dilatee en avant ou elle est obliquement tronquee: labre
mince, arque, peu sinueux en arriere ; columelle oblique, peu
incurvee, renflee au milieu par un pli epais, a peine saillant; bord
columellaire large, calleux, recouvrant la region ombilicale.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 7*25 mill.; diametre, 2*5 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (PI. i., figs. 18, 19), ma collec-
tion. — Miocene, Victoria.
Affinites. — Cette coquille n'est peut etre qu 'une variete de
l'espece precedente, T. pachyptycha ; cependant les trois echantil-
lons que je possede me paraissent distincts de cette derniere, par
leur forme plus etroite, par leur spire plus allongee, par leurs
tours plus eleves, par leur rampe moins cleclive, par leur pli plus
obsolete, par leur columelle moins incurvee. II est possible que
si Ton recueille une serie de nombreux cchantillons de Tornatina
du gisement de Muddy Creek, on pouvra trouver des individus in-
8
termediaires entre ces deux especes; mais provisoirenient, je crois
qu'on peut admettre T. longispira coinme une espece distincte.
Tornatina aptyeha, nov. sp. Pi. i,, figs. 22, 23.
Taille assez petite ; forme cylindrique, etroite; spire tres courte,
un peu etagee en gradins ; embryon tres saillant, a nucleus devie
en forme de crosse ; quatre tours extremement etroits, con vexes
ou subanguleux, avec une rampe declive au dessus de la suture.
Dernier tour egal aux cinq sixiemes de la hauteur totale, cylin-
drace, ovale a la base qui est imperforee et munie d'une depression
ombilicale tres obsolete; surface entitlement lisse. Ouverture
tres etroite en arriere, a peine dilatee en avant, ou elle est
decouverte et un peu versante ; labre peu epais, presque vertical,
ren verse a gauche de i'axe du cote anterieur, a peine echancre sur
la rampe suturale ; columelle dans le prolongement de la base de
l'avant-dernier tour, absolument denuee de pli ; bord columellaire
calleux, recouvrant presque entierement la depression ombilicale,
et se raccordant avec le contour superieur de l'ouverture.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 6*5 mill.; diametre, 2-25 mill.
Localites et type. — Muddy Creek (PI. i., fig. 22, 23), ma collec-
tion ; Table Cape. — Eocene, Victoria et Tasmania.
Ajfinites. — Malgre la resemblance exterieure de cette Tornatina
cylindrique avec les deux autres especes deja decrites, il est im-
possible de la confondre avec celles, a cause del'absence complete
de pli columellaire ; en outre, elle est plus cylindrique que T.
pachyptycha et elle n'a pas la rampe de T. longispira ni la spire
aussi allongee. L'existence simultanie de ces trois formes, qui
appartiennent evidemment au merae genre Tornatina, demontre
qu'il ne faut pas attacher l'importance d'un caractere generique
a la presence ou a Fabsence d'un pli a la columelle, et qu'il n'y a
pas lieu de se fonder sur ce pli pour clistinguer Tornatina de
Retusa.
Volvulella Tatei, nov. sp. Pi. i., figs. 26, 27.
Taille petite ; forme fusoide, acuminee au sommet, ovale a la
base ; spire involvee et imperforee. Dernier tour embrassant
toute la coquille, a gal be ovale et etroit, a surface lisse en ap-
parence mais couverte de fines stries spirales, qui deviennent
plus ecartees et plus visibles sur la base. Ouverture presque
lineaire en arriere, un peu dilatee et decouverte en avant ; labre
tres mince, peu arque, vertical, formant en arriere un bee aigu
qui depasse le sommet d'un demi millimetre ; columelle droite,
Tenison- Woods in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1878, figures an Opistho-
branch, t. 21, f. 4, as Tornatina involute, which is quite inadequate for
generic determination, and is unaccompanied with a description. It may
represent a Volvidella.
faiblement tordue sur elle meme. Bord columellaire etroit,
detache de la base et decouvant une etroite fente ombilicale.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 5 mill.; diametre, 1*75 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (pi. i., fig. 26, 27), ma collec-
tion. — Miocene, Victoria.
Affiriites., — Cette espece est plus etroite que V. redacta, Desh.,
du calcaire grossier des environs de Paris, et elle s'en distingue en
outre par ses stries et par sa perforation ombilicale ; elle est
beaucoup moins etranglee en arriere et moins profondement
sillonnee que V. lanceolata Sow., de Barton ; si on la compare a
V. DeKayi, Lea, de Claiborne, on trouve qu'elle est bien moins
conique, que son pli columellaire est moins saillant, et que son
labre depasse moins le sommet; V. Meyeri, Cossm., de Jackson
(Mississipi) est beaucoup plus ventrue et a un pli bien plus sail-
lant; elle ressemble plutot a V. radius, Desh., du Suessonien,
mais elle est plus etroite et plus allongee, plus visiblement striee.
En resume, quoique le nombre des Volvulella eoceniques est deja
grand, je la crois differente de celles qui sont anterieurement de-
crites.
Volvulella inflatior, nov. sp. Pi. i., fig. 24, 25.
Taille microscopique ; forme regulierement ovale, etroite ;
dernier tour embrassant toute la coquille, entitlement lisse, im-
perfore au sommet et a la base. Ouverture lineaire en arriere,
subitement dilatee en avant ; labre mince, a peu pres vertical ;
un fort pli columellaire, se raccordantpar une courbe arrondie et
carenee avec le contour superieur, qui decouvre largement l'ouver-
ture.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 2-25 mill.; diametre, 1*25 mill.
Locality's et type. — Spring Creek (PI. i., fig. 24, 25), ma collec-
tion ; Table Cape. — Eocene, Victoria et Tasmania.
Affinites. — Quoique je ne possede qu'un seul echantillon ex-
tramement petit, je n'hesite pas a separer cette espece de V. Tatei,
qui est beaucoup plus allonge et plus etroit ; en outre V. inflatior
a un pli plus saillant a la columelle et son labre ne depasse pas le
sommet de la coquille. Si on compare V. inflatior a V. redacta
du bassin de Paris, on trouve que cette derniere espece est moins
ovale et plus acuminee au sommet, que son ouverture est moins
retrecie en arriere et qui sa base est perforee ; si on la rapproche
de V. radius, Desh., du Suessonien, on remarque que l'espece
australienne a l'extremite inferieure plus arrondie, et que son
ouverture est plus etroite en arriere, plus dilatee et plus decou-
verte en avant.
Scaphander Tatei, nov. sp. Pi. i., figs. 34, 35.
Taille moyenne ; test tres mince ; forme ovoido-conique ; spire
largement perforee au sommet qui est creuse d'un petit entonnoir
10
arrondi. Dernier tour erubrassant toute la coquille, ventru au
milieu, obliquement attenue du cote posterieur, largement dilate
et ovalement arrondi du cote anterieur ; surface regulierement
ornee de profonds sillons finenient ponctues par les accroisse-
ments, et dont les intervalles portent quelquefois, surtout en
arriere, une strie intermediaire plus fine. Ouverture grande et
decouverte, rapidement dilatee; labre regulierement arque; bord
columellaire mince, largement etale.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 15 mill.; diametre, 8 mill.
Localites et type. — Muddy Creek (PL i., fig. 34, 35), ma collec-
tion ; Mornington, River Murray Cliffs. — Eocene, Austr. Sud.,
Victoria,
Affinites. — Cette fragile espece se distingue de la plupart de
celles qui ont ete anterieurement decrites, par ses stries plus
visiblement ponctuees ; en outre, si on la compare a S. conicus,
Desh., du calcaire grossier parisien, on remarque qu'elle a une
forme plus conique et moins ovale et que son sommet est plus
largement perfore. Quant on la rapproche de S. altavillensis du
Cotentin et de la Loire inferieure, on trouve qu'elle est plus
dilatee en avant, que son ouverture est plus grande et que sa per-
foration apicale est moins etroite. Enfin S. fortis, Brongn., des
environs de Ronca, dans le Vicentin, est plus contracte aux
abords du sommet, plus allonge et plus etroit par son galbe
general.
Bullinella exigua, Tm.-WoocU. Pi. i., figs. 31-33.
Reference. — Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. IV, p. 19, pi. i.,
fig. 6 (1880).
Synonymie. — Cylichna exigua, T. Woods (non Atys exigua, A.
Adams).
Taille grande pour ce genre ; forme cylindracee ; spire tronquee
au sommet ; perforee par un entonnoir graduellement retreci, qui
laisse apercevoir Fenroulement etage de trois ou quatre tours.
Dernier tour embrassant toute la coquille, a galbe presque cylin-
drique, un peu plus etroit en arriere qu'en avant, arrondi a la
peripheric de l'entonnoir apical, et a la base qu'est munie d'une
fente ombilicale, orne de quelques filets spiraux dans l'entonnoir,
de deux ou trois stries tres obsoletes au dessus de sa peripheric,
de sept stries tres ecartees sur la base, et de sillons beaucoup plus
rapproches sur la region ombilicale qui porte en outre une rainure
spirale isolant une sorte de bourrelet a peine saillant. Ouverture
plus longue que le corps du dernier tour, a bords paralleles sur
presque toute sa hauteur, arrondie et versante a la base ; labre
assez epais, rectiligne ex vertical, depassant la troncature apicale,
avec laquelle il se raccorde par une courbe echancree et limitee
par un rebord calleux ; columelle tres courte, excavee, munie d'un
pli epais tout a fait en avant, et d'un renflement tres obsolete en
arriere.
11
Dimensions. — Longueur, 16 mill.; diainetre, 6-5 mill.
Localites et neotype. — Muddy Creek (PI. i., figs. 31-33), ma
collection ; Cheltenham, Gellibrand River, Spring Creek, River
Murray Cliffs, Table Cape. — Eocene.
Affinites. — Par sa taille et par son aspect general, cette espece
ressemble beaucoup a B. Saint- Hilairei, Lea, de Claiborne : mais
son entonnoir apical est plus anguleux et plus ouvert, muni de
filets qui manquent chez l'espece americaine, ses stries basales
sont plus ecartees, et son ouverture est moins obliquement tron-
quee en avant. Elle se distingue de B. Verneuili, Desh., du
calcaire grossier parisien, par sa forme plus cylindracee, et par sa
surface lisse au milieu ; elle est moins etroite et plus attenuee en
arriere que B. Bruguierei, Desh., du bassin de Paris, qui a en
outre la columelle plus oblique que l'espece australienne.
Bullinella angUStata, Tate and Qossmann, nov. sp. PI. i., fig. 1, 2.
Taille moyenne ; forme cylindro-conique, assez etroite ; spire
tronquee au sommet, a enroulement peu visible au fond d'une
etroite perforation. Dernier tour embrassant toute la coquille, a
profil a peine arque, un peu plus attenue en arriere, arrondi a la
peripheric de Tangle apical, ovale a la base que est perforee d'une
etroite fente ombilicale ; surface ornee de stries spirales alternees,
les principales un peu plus profondes aux extremites qu'au milieu ;
un dernier sillon basal limite un etroit bourrelet contre la fente
ombilicale. Ouverture a bords paralleles et tres etroite, sur la
plus grande partie de sa hauteur, dilatee tout a fait en avant,
arrondie et decouverte sur son contour superieur ; lab re mince,
rectiligne, presque vertical, depassant un peu la troncature apicale
et se raccordant avec le bord oppose par une sinuosite profonde-
ment echancree ; columelle tres courte, excavee, munie en avant
d'un leger pli tordu ; bord columellaire tres etroit, peu calleux,
se raccordant avec le contour superieur.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 10J mill.; diametre, 4 mill.
Localite et type. — Adelaide (PI. ii., fig. 1, 2), ma collection. —
Eocene, Austr. Sud.
Affinites. — Cette espece ne peut etre confondue avec B. exigua,
a cause de sa surface entiorement striee, et de son unique pli
columellaire moins saillant ; en outre elle est plus etroite et le
bee du labre est moins prolonge. Si on la compare a B. Verneuili,
Desh., du calcaire grossier parisien, qui est striee corame elle sur
toute sa surface, on remarque que l'espece australienne est beau-
coup plus etroite, que son ouverture est moins decouverte a la
base, que sa columelle est plus excavee, non oblique, munie d'un
pli plus visible. Elle est enfin moins cylindrique que B. Bruguierei
et Saint-Hilairei, qui s'en distinguent en outre par l'absence de
stries au milieu du dernier tour.
12
Bullinella paueilineata, Tate and Cossmann, now sp. PI. i.,
fig. 28-30.
Taille assez grande; forine cylindracee, mi peutrapue; perfora-
tion apicale etroite, ne laissant pas apercevoir renroulement de la
spire, situee au fond d'un entonnoir arrondi et evase. Dernier
tour embrassant toute la coquille, a galbe legerement ovale,
arrondi a la peripherie de Fentonnoir apical, ovale a la base qui
est imperforee, orne de sillons spiraux tres visibles, plus ecartes
au milieu qu'aux extremites, se prolongeant a l'interieur de
l'entonnoir apical et sur la region ombilicale ou ils sont presque
imbriques. Ouverture a bords non paralleles, retrecie en arriere,
graduellement dilatee et arrondie en avant, ou elle est oblique-
ment versante ; labie mince, ren verse a gauche de l'axe du cote
anterieur, vertical au milieu, arrondi en arriere ; columelle regu-
lierement excavee, portant au milieu un renplement a peine
visible ; borcl columellaire assez large, mince en arriere, calleux
et detache a la base, se terminant en poiute a l'extreinite du
contour superieur.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 11 mill.; diametre, 5 mill.
Localite et type. — Spring Creek, (PI. i., fig. 28-30), ma collec-
tion. — Eocene, Victoria.
Affinites. — Cette espece se distingue facilement de B. exigua et
de B. Saint- Hilairei par sa forme moins cylindrique et moins
etroite, par rornementation qui couvre toute sa surface, par son
sommet moins tronque et plus arrondi, par sa perforation apicale
plus etroite, par sa columelle non plissee. Elle appartient encore
au groupe de BidlineUa typiques et se distingue des Cylielmina
par son entonnoir apical beaucoup plus ouvert que celui des
B. galba, Conrad, espece de Claiborne, qui est a peu pres a la
limite de separation des deux groupes et que beaucoup d'auteurs
out meme confondee specitiquement avec B. Saint-Ililairei.
Bullinella aratula, nov. sp. PL ii., fig. 3, 4.
Taille moyenne ; forme cylindracee, subconoidale ; spire
tronquee au sommet, largement perforee au fond d'un entonnoir
a peu pres conique. Dernier tour embrassant toute la coquille, a
galbe un peu ovale, plus attenue en arriere qu'a la base, subangu-
leux a la peripherie de Fentonnoir apiciil, orne de stries linement
ponctues et ecartees au milieu, qui se transforment du cote pos-
terieur en larges rainures separees par des cordons plus etroits et
se prolongeant a l'interieur de Fentonnoir ; sur la base, les sillons
spiraux sont a peine plus serres qu'au milieu du dernier tour,
mais ils sont plus pronds et subimbriques. Ouverture plus
allongee que le corps de la coquille, a bords non paralleles retrecie
en arriere, dilatee et arrondie en avant ou elle est peu versante;
labre legerement arque, se prolongeant en arriere par un bee
13
echancre a sa jonction avec le bord oppose dans Fentonnoir ;
coluruelle courte et tres excavee, sans pli ni renflement; bord
columellaire calleux et aplati, un peu detache de la base, se
raccordant par son contour carene avec le bord superieur.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 10 mill. ; diametre, 4*5 mill,
etroit qui depasse de plus d'un millimetre la troncature apicale,
Localites et type. — Mornington (PI. ii., fig. 3, 4), ma collection ;
Muddy Creek, Gellibrand River, Fyansford, Corio Bay. —
— Eocene, Victoria.
Affinites. — Quoique cette coquille soit tres voisine de B. pauci-
lineata, il me parait necessaire de Fen separer a cause de son
ornementation bien differente du cote posterieure, et aussi parce
qu'elle porte un bee a Fextremite inferieure du labre ; en outre,
son bord columellaire est plus aplati, son labre est moins rectiligne.
Tous ces caracteres Feloignent encore davantage des autres
Bullinella connues dans FEocene d'Europe et des Etats Unis.
Bullinella euneopsis, no v. sp. Pi. ii., fig. 5, 6.
Taille mediocre ; forme conique ; somnet tronquee en enton-
noir, muni d'une perforation laissant apercevoir l'enroulement
des tours de spire. Dernier tour embrassant toute la coquille, a
profil presque rectiligne, coniquement attenue en arriere, ovale-
ment arrondi a la base, qui est a peu pres entierement imperforee ;
surface entierement lisse. Ouverture un peu plus longue que le
corps de la coquille, a bords paralleles, retrecie et contracted en
arriere, dilatee subitement et arrondie du cote anterieur, ou elle
n'est presque pas versante ; labre mince, peu ren verse a gauche
de l'axe du cote anterieur, rectiligne et vertical sur presque toute
sa hauteur, legerement sinneux en arriere, ou il forme un bee qui
depasse la troncature apicale ; colurnelle tres courte, droite,
faisant un angle de 130° anec la base de Favant-dernier tour, un
peu gonflee au milieu, mais sans pli apparent ; bord colummellaire
etroit, un peu detache de la base, se raccordant avec le contour
superieur par une courbe presque reguliere.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 5 mill. ; diametre a la base, 2*25 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (PI. ii., fig. 5, 6), ma collection.
— Eocene : Victoria.
Affinites. — Cette espece se reconnait aisement par sa forme
tout-a-fait conique et retrecie en arriere, par sa surface lisse et
son ouverture contractee ; son galbe est plus rectiligne que celui
de B. connlus, Desh., du calcaire grossier parisien, et d'ailleurs
elle s'en distingue par sa surface non striee, par Fabsence de pli
a la colurnelle, par son sommet moins etroitement perfore. Quant
a B. cono'idea, Desh., de FOligocene d'Europe, e'est une espece
dont la perforation apicale est plus etroite, presque recouverte
par la callosite de Fattache du labre, et dont le galbe est plus
ovale.
14
Bullinella infundibulata, nov. sp. PI. ii., fig. 15, 16.
Taille mediocre ; forme ovoido conique, un peu trapue ; som-
met tronque en entonnoir assez profond, laissant apercevoir
l'enroulement de trois tours etages, pleins et declives, ainsi que le
nucleus embryonnaire globuleux et lisse. Dernier tour embras-
sant toute la coquille, ovale au milieu et en avant, attenue en
arriere et carene a la peripheric de l'entonnoir apical, tres fine-
ment orne, sur toute la surface de stries spirales extremement
serrees, qui s'ecartent et deviennent plus profondes sur la base ;
il n'y a pas de fente ombilicale, mais une etroite rainure imper-
foree, lirnitee par un sillon obsolete. Ouverture tres etroite en
arriere, subitement dilatee et arrondie en avant ; labre, a peu
pres rectiligne et vertical sur la plus grande partie de sa hauteur
ne depassant pas la truncature apicale ; columelle courte et
droite, coudee en avant par une torsion pliciforme, bord coluinel-
laire aplati, un peu calleux, limite a l'exterieur par une carene
qui se raccorde en courbe avec le contour superieur.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 6 mill. ; diametre, 3 mill.
Localites et type. — Gellibrand River (PL ii., fig. 15, 16), ma col-
lection ; Spring Creek, Fyansford, Corio Bay, Birregurra, Muddy
Creek. — Eocene : Victoria.
Affinites — Moins conique et plus trapue que B. cuneopsis, cette
espece s'en distingue en outre par sa surface entierement striee,
par sa truncature apicale et par l'absence de bee au labre, &c. ;
si on la compare a B. goniophora, Desli., du bassin de Paris, qui
a aussi une troncature carenee on remarque qu'elle est moins
cylindrique, que sa columelle est moins oblique et plus tordue,
que la base est imperforee et que son ouverture est plus dilatee en
avant. Quant a B. acrotoma, Cossm., de Claiborne, e'est une
espece dont la spire est masquee par une callosite tout a fait
caracteristique.
Bullinella altipliea, nov. sp. Pi. ii., fig. 9-11.
Taille petite ; forme ovoido-cylindrique, courte et trapue ;
sommet tronque en entonnoir large et peu profond laissant
apercevoir l'enroulement des quatre tours de spire jusqu'au
nucleus embryonnaire, avec de petits plis d'accroissement curvi-
lignes. Dernier tourembrassant toute la coquille, a profil ovalise,
regulierement attenue a ses deux extr^mites, carene a la peri-
pheric de l'entonnoir apical, lisse en arriere, orne de quelques
stries spirales tres peu visibles sur la base qui est imperforee.
Ouverture retrecie en arriere ou les bords ne sont paralleles que
sur une faible hauteur, dilatee, arrondie et decouverte en avant ;
labre un peu arque depassant a peine la troncature du sommet ;
columelle excavee, munie tout a fait a la base d'un pli tordu qui
se raccorde avec le contour interne du rebord superieur ; bord
15
columellaire etroit, calleux, aplati, limite par une carene qui se
raccorde avec le contour externe du bord superieur.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 3*5 mill.; diametre, 1*75 mill.
Localite et type. — Mornington (PL ii., fig. 9-11), ma collection.
— Eocene, Victoria.
Affinites. — Cette coquille ne peut se confondre avec aucune des
Bullinella que je connais dans l'Eocene, a cause de sa spire bien
visible dans l'entonnoir carene que ferme la troncature apicale ;
en outre la position tout a fait anterieure de son pli columellaire
est un caractere qui est particulier a cette espece. Elle est
d'ailleurs beaucoup plus trapue que la plupart de ses congeneres
et ressemble, par son galbe, a une Boxania ; mais elle n'a pas la
columelle tronque a la base.
Bullinella phanerospira, nor. sp. PL ii., tigs. 12-14.
Taille petite ; forme ovoide et trapue ; sommet tronque en
entonnoir un profond, laissant apercevoir Fenroulement de quatre
tours convexes, separes par de profondes sutures, avec une petite
perforation apicale au centre. Dernier tour embrassant toute la
coquille, ventru, ovale, egalenient attenue a ses deux extremites,
arrondi a la peripheric de la truncature de la spire, entierement
lisse, sauf quelques stries tres fines et tres serrees sur la base qui
est imperforee. Ouverture tres etroite et contracted en arriere,
dilatee et arrondie en avant ; labre arque, un peu epaissi et
reflechi en arriere, muni d'un bee court a la jonction avec la
troncature apicale ; columelle courte et droite, munie d'une
torsion pliciforme du cote anterieur ; bord columellaire calleux et
aplati, applique sur la base, se raccordant avec le contour
superieur.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 3-25 mill.; diametre, 2 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (PL ii., tigs. 12-14), ma collec-
tion. — Eocene, Austr. Sud.
Affinites. — Cette espece est extremement voisine de B. altiplica,
et j'ai beaucoup hesite a ne la considerer que comme une simple
variete, d'autant plus qu'il y a quelques individus intermedialres
et douteux ; cependant on distingue assez facilement les deux
c'chantillons types, par la forme beaucoup plus ventrue de
B. phanerospira, qui n'a pas de carene peripherique a la trunca-
ture apicale, dont la spire a des tours arrondis, depourvus de plis
d'accroissement ; le dernier tour a le galbe plus gonfle au milieu,
plus obliquement declive en arriere, et sa base est ornee de stries
plus serrees ; l'ouverture est plus contracted en arriere, la labre
est plus arque, plus reflechi ; le pli columellaire est beaucoup
moins saillant. On peut done admettre la separation de cette
espece.
16
Roxania Woodsi, Tate. Pi. ii., fig. 7-6.
Reference. — Cylichna Woodsi, Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasmania, for
1883, p. 211 (1884); id, p. 228 (1885).
Synonymie. — Cylichna arachis, Ten.-Woods, op. cit., p. 102
(1877); non Quoy.
Taille grande ; forme regulieVement ovale, un peu ventrue ;
sommet etroitement perfore, ne laissant pas apercevoir la spire.
Dernier tour embrassant toute la coquille, un peu plus attenue en
arriere qu'en avant, entierement couvert de fines stries spirales
ponctuees, inequidistantes, plus profondes, plus espaces et subim-
briquees sur la base qui est etroitement perforee d'une fente
ombilicale. Ouverture assez large, dilatee et arrondie en avant;
labre a peu pres vertical, sans bee ni echancrure a sa jonction
avec la perforation apicale ; columelle excavee en arc de cercle,
tronquee a la base par un pli tordu et peu saillant, qui se raccorde
par une courte helice avec le contour superieur ; bord columel-
laire calleux, detache de la fente ombilicale, se terminant contre
la courbe helicoidale du pli columellaire.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 15*5 mill.; diametre, 7*5 mill.
Localite et type. — Table Cape (PI. ii., fig. 7, 8), ma collection.
Eocene, Tasmania.
Affinites. — Cette espece est moins ventrue et plus allongee que
R. utriculoides, Bosquet, de POligocene de Belgique ; elle a la
columelle beaucoup plus tronquee que R. ovulata, Lamk., du
calcaire grossier parisien. Si on la compare a R. biumblicata,
Desh., du calcaire grossier de Parnes, on trouve qu'elle est moins
globuleuse, moins etroitement perforee au sommet, que ses stries
spirales sont plus fines, que sur bord columellaire est plus large et
plus aplati. Quant a R. cincta, Desh., du Paleocene des environs
de Paris e'est une espece a sommet imperfore, dont les sillons
spiraux sont bien plus ecartes que les stries de l'espece austra-
lienne. R. ovi/ormis, Meyer, de Jackson (Mississipi) est plus
trapue et plus cylindracee et a la columelle plus droite, plus mince,
Fouverture plus arquee, le sommet plus etroitement perfore.
Roxania SCrobiCUluta , Tate and Cossmann, nov. sp. PI. ii., fig. 17, 18.
Taille mediocre ; forme globuleuse ; sommet tres etroitement
perfore; deruier tour embrassant toute la coquille, regulicrement
ellipsoidal, un peu attenue a la base qui est depourvue de fente
ombilicale, orne sur toute la surface de sillons ponctues, inequi-
distants, plus ecartes au milieu qu'aux extremites. Ouverture
arquee, retrecie en arriere, dilatee et arrondie en avant ; labre
mince un peu arque, formant un bee peu saillant et faiblement
echancre a sa jonction avec la perforation apicale ; columelle
courte, droite, a peine inflechie par une lege re torsion anteVieure,
se terminant en pointe sans faire de crochet contre le bord
17
superieur ; bord columellaire un peu calleux, applique sur la
base.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 6 "5 mill.; diaruetre, 4*5 mill.
Localites et type. — Muddy Creek (PI. ii., fig. 17, 18), ma collec-
tion ; River Murray Cliffs. — Eocene.
Affinites. — Cette coquille ne peut se confondre avec R. Woodsi,
parce qu'elle est beaucoup plus globuleuse et que ses sillons sont
plus ecartes ; elle ressemble beaucoup a R. biumbilicata, Desh.,
du calcaire grossier parisien, mais elle s'en distingue par sa forme
plus ellipsoidale et plus renflee, par ses sillons moins profonds et
moins reguliers, surtout par l'absence de fente ombilicale. Si on
la compare a R. utriculoides, Bosquet, de l'Oligocene de Belgique,
on trouve qu'elle s'en ecarte par l'absence de fente ombilicale, par
ses sillons inequidistants, par sa columelle moins excavee ; enfin
R. oviforjnis, Meyer, de Jackson (Mississipi), a une forme moins
elliptique, un pli columellaire plus saillant et est munie d'une
fente ombilicale.
Roxania(?) bullseformis, nov. sp. PI. ii., figs. 21, 22.
Taille petite ; forme ovoide, ventrue ; sommet etroitement per-
fore ; dernier tour embrassant toute la coquille, un peu contracte
en arriere, arrondi a la base qui est perforee d'un entonnoir
ombilical assez largement ouvert ; surface ornee de stries spirales
tres fines et tres serrees au milieu, plus profondes et plus ecartees
aux extremites, sauf sur la region ombilicale ou elles se rap-
prochent davantage que sur la base. Ouverture plus longue que
le corps de la coquille, arquee, peu retrecie en arriere, peu
dilatee et versante a la base ; labre un peu epaissi, a peu pres
rectiligne et legerement oblique, formant un angle sur son
contour posterieur, se prolongeant par un bee saillant, large et
versant, beaucoup au dela du sommet; columelle coudee, se
raccordant avec le contour superieur ; bord columellaire calleux,
carene a l'exterieur et detache de la base.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 4*25 mill. ; diametre, 2*5 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (PI. ii., fig. 21, 22), ma collec-
tion. — Eocene : Victoria.
Affinites. — Cette espece se distingue de la plupart de ses
congeneres par sa columelle presque pas tronquee : cependant je
ne puis me resoudre a la placer dans le genre Bullinella dont elle
s'ecarte par sa forme generale, par son ornementation, par sa
columelle coudee. C'est une forme dont le classement est tres
embarrassant et probablement pas definitif ; en tous cas, elle est
facilement reconnaissable par sur entonnoir ombilical et par la
contraction bien visible du galbe posterieur de son dernier tour.
Cyliehnella eallosa, Tate and Consman, nov. sp. PI. ii., fig. 19, 20.
Taille moyenne ; forme cylindracee, mediocrement trapue ;
sommet etroisement perfore, spire invisible ; dernier tour embras-
c
18
sant toute la coquille, a galbe ovale, egalement attenue a ses deux
extremites, qui sont ornees de sillous spiraux peu visibles et assez
ecartes: base inunie d'une fente ombilicale tres etroite. Ouver-
ture un peu plus longue que le corps de la coquille, retrecie a bords
paralleles en arriere, a peine dilatee en avant et decouverte a la
base ; labre mince, renverse a gauche de l'axe du cote anterieur,
vertical et peu arque au milieu, formant un bee court a la jonction
avec la perforation apicale ; columelle calleuse tres courte, peu
excavee, munie de deux plis, l'inferieur lamelleux et saillant
forme la limite externe du bord columellaire, l'anterieur plus
petit et plus epais se raccorde avec le precedent au contour
superieur.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 10 mill.; diametre, 4 mill.
Localites et type. — Aldinga (PI. ii., fig. 19, 20), ma collection ;
Cape Otway. — Eocene, Austr. Sud. et Victoria.
Affinites. — Cette espece ne ressemble a C. Bourdoti, Cossm.,
de l'Eocene des environs de Nantes, que par sa plication columel-
laire et par sa perforation apicale ; mais elle s'en distingue par
sa forme plus etroite et plus cylindrique, par l'absence de plis
axiaux au sommet, et par son ouverture plus decouverte a la
base, de sorte qu'elle a plutot l'aspect d'une Bullinella ; seule-
ment elle s'ecarte des especes de ce genre par son double pli
columellaire.
Ringieula laetea, Johnston. PI. ii., tigs. 23-24.
Reference. — Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1879, p. 34, 1880.
Taille petite ; forme buccinoide, un peu allongee ; spire
pointue, a galbe conique ; embryon petit, a nucleus subglobuleux
et devie ; cinq tours un peu convexes, dont la hauteur est un
peu inferieure a la moitie de la largeur, separes par de profondes
sutures ; subetages par une rampe obsolete, ornes de quatre stries
spirales ecartes. Dernier tour peu superieur aux deux tiers de la
hauteur totale, peu ventru, subanguleux au dessus de la suture,
arrondi a la base qui est imperforee, regulierement orne, sur toute
la surface, d'une douzaine de stries spirales ecartees et de plis
d'accroissement irreguliers et obsoletes. Ouverture egale a la
moitie de la longueur totale, large en travers, canaliculee en
arriere, largement echancree a la base ; labre vertical epaissi et
borde par un large bourrelet qui envahit la moitie de l'avant-
dernier tour, lisse a l'interieur avec un renflement un peu plus
saillant au dessus du canal posterieur de l'ouverture ; trois plis
columellaires epais, les deux anterieurs lamelleux et tres saillants,
le parietal plus ecarte, ecrase a sa naissance ; bord columellaire
tres calleux et tres etale.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 5 mill. ; diametre, 3 mill.
Localites et neotype. — Table Cape (PI. ii., tig. 23-24), Muddy
Creek, ma collection. — Eocene ; Tasmania ; Victoria.
19
Affinites — Cette espece se distingue aisement de la plupart des
Ringicula typiques de l'Eocene d'Europe et des Etats Unis, par
l'absence de crenelures a l'interieur du labre ; elle s'ecarte des
formes neogenes par sa forme allongee et peu gonflee.
Ringieula Tatei, no v. sp. PL ii., tig. 32, 33.
Taille tres petite ; forme buccinoide, un peu trapue ; spire peu
allongee, a galbe eonique ; embryon a nucleus obtus et peu devie;
quatre a cinq tours a peine convexes, dont la hauteur egale la
moitie de la largeur, separes par des sutures lineaires, ornes de six
stries spirales assez fines. Dernier tour egal aux deux tiers de
la hauteur totale, globuleux, arrondi a la base qui est imperforee,
reguliereraent orne de stries spirales ^quidistantes, sauf celles qui
bordent la suture et qui sont un peu plus serrees. Ouverture
large et courte, profondement canaliculee en arriere, entaillee a
la base par une echancrure assez etroite ; labre tres epais, un ^oa
oblique, borde" a l'exterieur par un enorme bourrelet dont l'extre-
mite amincie se prolonge sur la moitie de la hauteur de l'avant
dernier tour, lisse a l'interieur avec un renflement median qui
accentue la gouttiere posterieure de l'ouverture; trois plis columel-
laires tres inegaux, l'anterieur assez epais et un peu oblique,
l'inferieur mince, transverse et moins saillant, le parietal extreme-
men t epais et aplati a sa naissance ; bord columellaire large,
etale, tres callaux, s'elevant presque aussi haut que la saillie du
bord oppose.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 3*5 mill. ; diametre, 2 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (PI. ii., fig. 32, 33), ma collec
tion. — Eocene et Miocene, Victoria.
Affinites. — Beaucoup plus courte et plus ventrue que R. laetea,
cette espece s'en distingue en outre par ses stries moins ecartees,
par l'absence de rampe declive au dessus de la suture, par les plis
plus inegaux.
Ringieula teniulirata, nov. sp. PI. ii., fig. 27, 28.
Taille tres petite ; forme buccinoide ; spire un peu allongee, a
galbe subconoidal ; embryon obtus, a peine devie ; quatre tours
un peu convexes, dont la hauteur depasse la moitie de la largeur,
separes par des sutures lineaires, ornes de tres fines stries spirales.
Dernier tour egal aux trois cinquiemes de la hauteur totale, ovale,
arrondi a la base qui est imperforee, entitlement couvert de stries
spirales, regulieres et serrees, tinement ponctuees par les accroisse-
ments. Ouverture large et ovale echancree a les deux extremes ;
labre epais, obliquement incline en avant, borde d'un large
bourrelet aplati, lisse a l'interieur, subitement aminci et presque
creuse du cote posterieur ; trois plis columellaires divergents,
minces, lamelleux, l'anterieur contournant la profonde echancrure
basale de l'ouverture ; bord columellaire a peu pres nul.
20
Dimensions. — Longueur, 2*5 mill.; diainetre, 1*5 mil]
Localites et type. — Spring Creek (PI. ii., fig. 27-28), ma collec-
tion ; Gellibrand River, Mornington. — 'Eocene, Victoria.
Affinites., — Cette espece ressemble a R. Tatei, mais ses stries
sont plus fines et moins visibles, ses plis columellaires sont plus
lamelleux, plus egaux, son bord columellaire n'existe, pour ainsi
dire, pas ; sa forme generale est moins trapue, et sa spire est
plutot conoidale que conique. L'absence de crenelures au labre
ne permet pas de la classer dans le groupe des Ringicula typiques,
comme Fespece suivante, dont elle se distingue d'ailleurs par sa
spire moins allongee.
Ringieula ppselonga, nov. sp. Pi. ii., fig. 25-26.
Taille petite ; etroite, ovoido-conique ; spire longue, subulee, a
galbe regulierement conique ; embryon obtus, a peine devie ; six
tours legerement convexes, dont la hauteur atteint presque les
deux tiers de la largeur, separes par des sutures profondes et
subcanaliculees, ornes de huit sillons spiraux, un peu plus serres
en avant qu'en arriere. Dernier tour egal aux trois cinquiemes
de la hauteur totale, a galbe arrondi, surtout a la base qui est a
peine perforce d'une fente ombilicale tres etroite ; surface entiere-
ment couverte de sillons spiraux, profonds et reguliers, un peu
plus serres sur la base. Ouverture tres courte, large, canaliculee
en arriere, profondement echancree a la base ; labre assez epais,
borde a l'exterieur par un bour relet large et aplati qui depasse a
peine la suture, portant a l'interieur quelques crenelures divisees
en deux groupes separes par un intervalle lisse ; columelle courte
et excavee, munie de deux plis minces, lamelleux, tres saillants et
paralleles, pli parietal tres ecarte, peu proeminent et peu epais ;
bord columellaire peu calleux, bien moins eleve a la base que la
saillie du bord oppose.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 4*5 mill.; diametre, 2-25 mill.
Localite et type. — Muddy Creek (PI. ii., tigs. 24-26), ma collec-
tion. — Eocene, Victoria.
Affinites. — Cette espece ne peut etre confondue avec R. lactea,
non seulement a cause de son ornementation et de sa forme plus
etroite, de sa spire plus allongee et de ses tours plus eleves, de ses
plis plus minces, mais surtout a cause des crenelures obsoletes de
son labre, qui la placent dans le groupe typique du genre
Ringicula. Elle s'ecarte cependant de R. ringens, Lamk., de
l'Eocene des environs de Paris, par ses sillons plus profonds par
son ouverture moins calleuse, par ses crenelures labiales moins
fines et disposees en deux series avec un intervalle lisse
Umbrella australiensis, nov. sp. Pi. ii., fig. 29-31.
Taille assez grande; test mince; forme elliptique, subcirculaire,
un peu elevee et irreguliere ; sommet presque central, a nucleus
21
erubryonnaire globuieux, devie et un peu enroule ; surface
exterieure lisse, gauchie marquee par cles depressions rayonnantes
tres obsoletes, ornee de plis d'accroissement irreguliers et peu
saillants. Surface interne brillante, avec quelques rayons indis-
tincts ; impression musculaire assez etroite, irregulierement
frangee.
Dimensions. — Longueur, 27 mill.; largeur, 22 mill.; hauteur,
5 mill.
Localite et type. — Mornington (PI. ii., fig. 29-31), ma collec-
tion ; Muddy Creek, River Murray Cliffs. — Eocexe, Victoria et
Austr. Sud.
Affinites. — Cette espece est beaucoup plus grande, plus mince
et moins aplatie qu' U. laudunensis de l'Eocene inferieur du bassin
de Paris.
EXPLICATION dfs PLANCHES.
Pl. I.
Fi ? .
1- 3. Action scrobiculatus, T. Woods. (#) Spring Creek, Table Cape.
4- 5. Action fuxiculifer, Cossm. (f ) Muddy Creek.
6- 7. Action distixguexdus, Cossm. (4) Muddy Creek.
8- 9. Aot.eox subscalatus, Cossm. {$) Aldinga.
10-11. Act.eox evaxescexs, Gossm. H) Adelaide.
12-13. Actjeox olivell.eformis, Tate, (f) Muddy Creek.
14-15. Semiact.eox microplocus, Cossm. (f) Murray Cliffs.
16-17. Triploca ligata, Tate, (f) Adelaide.
18-19. Torxatixa loxgispira, Cossm. (f) Muddy Creek.
20-21. Torxatixa pachyptycha, Gossm. (f) Muddy Creek.
22-23. Torxatixa aptycha, Cossm. (f) Muddy Creek.
24-25. Volyulella ixflatior, Gossm. (f) Spring Creek.
26-27. Volvullela Tatei, Cossm. (f ) Muddy Creek.
28-30. Bullixella paucilixeata, Tate and Gossm. (f) Sprink Creek.
31-33. Bullixella exigua, T. Woods. (f) Muddy Creek.
34-35. Scaphaxder Tatei, Gossm. {\) Muddy Creek.
Pl. II.
1- 2. Bullixella axgustata, Tate and Gossm. (|) Adelaide.
3- 4. Bulltxella aratula, Cossm. (j) Mornington.
5- 6. Bullixella cuxeopsis, Gossm. (£) Muddy Creek.
7- 8. Roxaxia Woodsi, Tate. (£) Table Cape.
9-11. Bullixella altiplica, Cossm. (f) Mornington.
12-14. Bullixella phaxerospira, Gossm. ( j) Muddy Creek.
15-16. Bullixella ixfuxdibulata, Cossm. (f). Gellibraud River.
17-18. Roxaxia scrobiculata, Tate and Cossm. (f) Muddy Creek.
19-20. Cylichxella callosa, Tate and Cossm. (^) Muddy Creek.
21-22. Roxaxia (?) bull.eformis, Cossm, (£) Muddy Creek.
23-24. Rixgicula lactea, Johnston. (£) Table Cape.
25-26. Rixgicula pr.eloxga, Cossm. (i) Muddy Creek.
27-28. Rixgicula texuilirata, Cossm. {%) Spring Creek.
29-31. Umbrella australexsis, Coss?n. (g.n.) Mornington.
32-33. Rixgicula Tatei, Gossm. (j). Muddy Creek.
ERRATA.
Page 11, ligne 15, au lieu de Pl. i. lisez Pl. ii.
Page 16, ligne 1, au lieu de fig. 7-6 lisez tig. 7-
List of Birds Collected or Observed in
the Neighbourhood of Laura, S.A.,
By M. Morgan, M.D.
[Read November 3, 1896].
The nomenclature adopted is that of Gould's Handbook to the
Birds of Australia. The skins obtained are now in the South
Australian Museum.
1. Aquila audax
2. Haliastur sphenurus
3. Falco hypoleucus
4. Falco melanogenys
5. Falco lunulatus
6. Hieracidea berigora
7. Tinnunculus cenchroides
8. Accipiter torquatus
10. Circus assimilis (Gld. Hdbk. sp. 26)
11. Circus jardinii (Gld. Hdbk. sp. 27)
12. Strix delicatula
13. Spiloglaux boobook (female)
14. Spiloglaux marmoratus (male)
15. ^gotheles novse-hollandise
16. Podargus strigoicles
17. Cypselus pacificus
18. Hirundo frontalis
19. Petrochelidon nigricans
20. Lagenoplastes ariel
21. Cheramceca leucosternum
22. Merops ornatus
23. Dacelo gigas
24. Todirhamphus pyrrhopygius
25. Artamus sordidus
26. Artamus personatus
27. Artamus superciliosus
28. Pardalotus striatus
29. Pardalotus xanthopygius
30. Strepera arguta (1) melanoptera
31. Gymnorhina tibicen
32. Gymnorhina leuconota
33. Grallina picata
34. Graucalus melanops
23
35. Carnpephaga humeralis
36. Pachycephala rufiventris
37. Collyriocincla harmonica
38. Falcunculus frontatus
39. Oreoica cristata
40. Rhipidura albiscapa
41. Sauloprocta motacilloides
42. Seisura inquieta
43. Micrseca fascinans
44. Smicrornis brevirostris
45. Petroaca leggii
46. Petroeca goodenovii
47. Melanodryas cucullata
48. Malurus melanotus
49. Malurus laraberti
50. Malurus leucopterus
51. Acanthiza nana
52. Acanthiza pyrrhopygia
53. Geobasileus chrysorrhsea
54. Ephthianura albifrons
55. Ephthianura aurifrons
56. Ephthianura tricolor
57. Xerophila leucopsis
58. Anthus australis
59. Calamoherpe australis
60. Cincloramphus cruralis
61. Ptenoedus rusfescens
62. Mirafra horsfieldi
63. Staganopleura guttata
64. Taeniopygia castanotis
65. Corvus australis
66. Pomatostomus superciliosus
67. Meliornis novse-hollandise
68. Glyciphila fulvifrons
69. Glyciphila albifrons
70. Ptilotis penicillata
71. Acanthogenys rufigularis
72. Acanthochaera carunculata
73. Myzomela nigra
74. Melithreptus gularis
75. Melithreptus brevirostris
76. Myzantha flavigula
77. Dicseum hirundinaceum
78. Zosterops coerulescens
79. Climacteris scandens
80. Cacomanbis pallidus
24
81. Cacomantis flabellif oralis
82. MesocaKus oscularis
83. Lamprococcyx plagosus
84. Lamprococcyx basalis
85. Cacatua galerita
86. Platycercus fiaveolus
87. Platycercus barnardi
88. Psephotus haematonotus
89. Euphema chrysostonia
90. Melopsittacus undulatus
91. Calopsitta novse-hollandiae
92. Trichoglossus multicolor
93. Glossopsitta australis
94. Glossopsitta porphryocephala
95. Glossopsitta pusilla
96. Phaps chalcoptera
97. Geopelia tranquilla
98. Stictopelia cuneata
99. Turnix velox
100. Coturnix pectoralis
101. Choriotis australis
102. CEdicnemus grallarius
103. Lobivanellus lobatus
104. Sarciophorus pectoralis
105. ^Egialites nigrifrons
106. Himantopus leucocephalus
107. Carphibis spinicollis
108. Ardea pacifica
109. Ardea novre-hollandise
110. Nycticorax caledonicus
111. Tribonyx ventralis
112. Hypotaenidia philippensis
113. Anas superciliosus
114. Anas punctata
115. Chlamydochen jubata
116. Phalacrocorax nova-hollandise
117. Phalacrocorax varius
25
Notes on Australian Typhlopid^:.
By Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Zoologist, Australian Museum,
Sydney.
[Read April 6, 1897.]
Plate III.
The present contribution is the outcome of an examination of
specimens sent to me from the South Australian Museum by the
Director, Dr. E. C. Stirling. Further particulars will be included
in a future article. When all available material has been
examined, I propose to write on the distribution of the family in
Australia, but for the present content myself with the descrip-
tion and illustration of a new and interesting species and some
remarks on the identity of other forms.
9*. Typhlops pinguis, sp. nov.
Habit very stout, of tolerable even thickness. Head short ;
snout fairly prominent with rather sharp edge. Rostral, above
half the width of the head, extending nearly to the level of the
eyes, slightly narrowed in front, the portion visible from beneath
a little broader than long; nasal incompletely divided, the fissure
extending from the anterior half of the second labial ; nostrils
inferior; preocular narrower than the ocular, in contact with the
second and third labials. Eye distinct. Four upper labials.
Diameter of the middle of the body about two and twenty times
in the total length. Tail as long as broad, ending in an obtuse
spine. Twenty scales round the body.
Colors. — In spirits, brownish-yellow above, somewhat lighter
beneath.
Dimensions. — Total length, 348 mm. Length of head, 8 mm.;
width of head, 10 mm. Width of body, 15*5 mm. Length of
tail, 12*5 mm.; width of tail, 12*5 mm.
Hob. — South Australia, one example.
Type. — In the South Australian Museum.
* Previous species-numbers were published as follows : — 1-3. Records
Austr. Mus. II. (1893), pp. 57-62, pi. XV. 4-8. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,
IX. (1894), pp. 9-14, pi. T.
26
The circumstance of the nasal fissure being in contact with the
second labial, and the scales round the body being in 20 rows,
limits the Australian species from which T. pinguis requires to
be distinguished to three, namely, T. bituberculatus, Peters,*"
T. leucoproctus, Boul.,f and T. iviedii, Peters. { All these are
elongate forms, the diameter of the body being contained at most
44, 40, and 42 times respectively in the total length ; whereas in
T. pinguis the diameter is 22 in the length, or nearly twice that
of any of the others ; it is in fact the stoutest Australian species
known.
Should further distinction be required, it may be mentioned
that the trilobed snout of the first-named is a character which
renders that species unmistakeable. The narrow rostral and
lateral position of the nostrils sufficiently sunders T. leucoproctus,
while T. Wiedii may be at once recognised by the fact that the
nasal fissure extends on to the upper surface of the snout, almost
dividing the plate.
10. Typhlops australis, Gray, and T. bicolor, Peters.
The collection includes a number of examples which I confess
I cannot decide whether to name T. australis§ or T. bicolor ;\\
they are certainly one or the other.
A glance at Boulenger's work shows that this writer widely
separates the species in his synopsis,^ the former being included
in the main division, characterised by having the " snout
rounded," and the latter in that distinguished by the snout
having an "obtusely angular horizontal edge."
Referring to the respective epitomised descriptions,**" we find
that this is the only important difference between the two. The
number of scales (22) round the body, the character of the nasal
fissure, and the diameter of the body (33-37 and 30-34 respec-
tively) are the same. The enlarged head scales do not appear to
be distinguishing features, and the proportional width of the
rostral to the head is only slightly different (three-fifths in
T. australis, and one-half in T. bicolor).
♦Peters, Monatsb. il. k. Akad. d. W. Berlin, 1863, p. 233; and 1867,
p. 708, fig. 4.
t Boulenger, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) IV., 1889, p. 361 ; and Cat.
Snakes in Brit. Mus., T., 1893, p. 20, pi. I., fig. 6.
X Peters, loc. cit., 1867, p. 24, and Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,
IX., 1894, p. 13, pi. T., figs. 7, 8, and 9.
§Gray. Cat. of Lizards, Brit. Mus. (1845), p. 135.
H Peters. Loc. cit. 1860, p. 81.
% Boulenger. Cat. Snakes in Brit. Mus. 1893, I., pp. 11, 13.
** Boulenger. Ibid, pp. 35, 48.
27
Although examples showing the extreme degree of acuteness
or roundness of the snout may be recognised, the collection ex-
hibits so many intermediate grades that at present I feel in-
clined to regard the condition as of varietal rather than specific
import. Should this view be ultimately maintained, the species
will be known as Typhlops australis, Gray.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
1. Typhlops pinguis, sp nov. Nat. size.
2. Typhlops pinguis, head from above. Twice nat. size.
3. Typhlops pinguis, head from below. Twice nat. size.
4. Typhlops pinguis, head in profile. Twice nat. size.
28
Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera,
with Descriptions of New Genera and
Species,
By the Rev. T. Blackburn, B.A.
[Read April 16th, 1897.]
Part XXI.
PECTINICORNES.
CERATOGNATHUS.
C. Frenchi, sp. nov. Mas. Minus elongatus, sat latus, sat
parallelus ; insequalis ; inrequaliter sat fortiter punctulatus ;
niger, squamis crassis albidis sparsim instructus, antennis
picescentibus ; capite medio tuberculo magno bifido et
utrinque supra oculos cornu brevi sat acuto armato, oculis
transversis minus convexis ; mandibulis quam caput paullo
longioribus, curvatis, ad apicem sursum compresso-dilatatis,
margine apicali processu dentiformi sat elongato armatis ;
mento ut lamina erecta transversa posito, hoc sparsim grosse
punctulato setoso (in medio baud canaliculato) ; prothorace
transversim quadrato, antice haud angustato ; elytris 3 vel
4 plus minusve distincte costatis ; antennarum flabellis
quam articuli ceteri conjuncti haud brevioribus. Long,
(mands. excl.), 6 1.- lat., 24 1.
The form of the mentum (resembling the erect part of that
organ in Cryptodus caviceps, Westw.) and the shape of the eyes
are suggestive of close affinity between this insect and C. menti/er,
Westw. I have not seen the latter but judging from the descrip-
tion of it the present species differs inter alia by the absence of
a median tooth on the inner margin of the mandibles, by the
strong erect process on the clypeus above each eye and by the
form of the mentum which is neither sulcate down the middle
nor emarginate at the apex.
Victorian Mountains ; taken by Mr. Giles.
LAMELLICORNES ( Dynastides ).
ISODON.
/. novitius, sp. nov. Mas. Brevis, subovatus ; nitidus ; brun-
neo-rufus, hie illic incerte infuscatus ; clypeo antice modice
(ut /. pecuarii) producto bidentato, ad latera nee acute nee
extrorsum ultra oculos producto, crebrius rugulose (ut
29
reliquuin capitis, basi sumnia excepta) punctulato, carina
clypeali minus elevata recta haud tuberculata, lateribus sat
fortiter sinuatis ; prothorace quam longiori paullo plus quam
sesquilatiori, sparsim obsolete punctulato, antice vix im-
presso, basi inarginata quam apex (hoc in medio tuberculato)
fere duplo latiori, angulis anticis parum prominulis posticis
rotundatis ; scutello lsevi vel fere lpevi ; elytris (stria sub-
suturali excepta) fere lsevibus, striis punctulatis postice ab-
breviatis 2 vel 3 vix manifestis impressis ; propygidio
stridulationis organis instructo (his rugis numerosis minus
elevatis compositis) ; pygidio sat crebre punctulato, partibus
mecliana et postica fere lrevibus ; tibiis anticis extus sat for-
titer tridentatis ; tarsorum unguiculis simplicibus.
Fern, latet. Long., 5-6 1. ; lat., 3-3 \ 1.
A very distinct species that should stand in my tabulation
(Tr. R.S. S.A., 1896, p. 237) beside pecuarius from which how-
ever it differs by many characters — inter alia the very fine and
very sparse puncturation of its prothorax the elytra almost
devoid of sculpture outside the subsutural stria, and the clypeus
(as in Australasia?, terrce-regince, and the species I take to be
curtus, Burm., and laticollis, Burm.) not produced laterally in an
angular projection protruding beyond the contour of the eyes.
W.A. ; Gerald ton ; sent by Mr. Lea.
ASEMANTUS.
A. Leai, sp. nov. Minus latus, vix subovatus ; nitidus ; piceus
(nonnullis exemplis plus minusve rufescentibus), subtus et
in pedibus fulvo-hirtus ; sat convexus ; capite transversim
sat crebre rugato, vix tuberculato, clypeo antice parum
reflexo, carina inter frontem et clypeum modice distincta ;
prothorace quam longiori paullo minus quam sesquilatiori,
postice quam antice ut 1|- (vix) ad 1 latiori, antice excava-
tione parva leviter impressa (hac intus sat fortiter punctu-
lata) et postice canaliculata (canali ut excavatio antica
punctulato), subtilissime (antice crebrius postice sparsim)
punctulato, lateribus minus rotundatis, angulis anticis acutis
minus productis posticis obtusis ; scutello fere Irevi ; elytris
minus subtiliter sed sat leviter punctulatis, puncturis ut
series 8 geminatim dispositis, interstitiis vix vel leviter con-
vexis inter serierum paria ut series (sed confuse sparsim)
punctulatis, parte apicali confuse crebre punctulata ; tarsis
sat gracilibus minus brevibus ; pygidio plus minusve crebre
(parte mediano-apicali quam cetera? minus crebre punctu-
lata vel Isevi) punctulato.
Maris pygidio quam femime multo magis gibbo, tarsis pos-
terioribus magis elongatis, unguiculis anticis imequalibus.
30
Ferninae pygidio minus gibbo, tarsis posterioribus minus
elongatis, unguiculis simplicibus. Long., 8-8J I. ; lat., 4J 1.
This species seems too close to A. subcequalis to be justifiably
made into a new genus ; nevertheless it differs in several not un-
important structural characters, notably in its longer and more
slender tarsi (there being also a greater difference in length be-
tween the hind tarsi of the sexes, the basal joint of the hind
tarsi being moreover but little dilated externally and not much
more in the female than in the male). This is a perplexing
character which makes Asemantus very difficult to place among
the Dynastid genera, since in M. Lacordaire's arrangement the
male of A. subcequalis would be a Pentodontid and the female a
Pimelopid and both sexes of the present species have Pentodontid
structure of the hind tarsi. Other characters in which this
species differs slightly from the generic characters I attributed
to Asemantus are as follows : — The carina separating the clypeus
from the hinder part of the head is a little better defined than
the expression " clypeus a f ronte vix distinctus " implies, and the
anterior excavation on the prothorax cannot be called " large."
Among the examples before me are two much smaller than the
rest (long. 6 1.) which however do not seem to differ otherwise
from the larger specimens.
W. Australia ; Perth, Mount Barker, &c. ; sent by Mr. Lea.
BUPRESTID^.
STIGMODERA.
tS. insular is, sp. no v. Sat lata ; minus convexa ; aeneo-nigra,
capite prothoraceque cyaneo- et viridi-nonnihil micantibus,
scutello cyaneo, elytris testaceo-rufis (uiargines versus paullo
magis lsete rufis) sutura fasciis 2 (paullo ante et paullo pone
medium positis) maculaque subquadrata apicali cyaneis,
antennis pedibusque violaceis aureo-viridi-plus minusve
micantibus ; corpore subtus pilis erectis argenteo-cinereis
vestito ; capite longitudinaliter sat late excavato, antice sat
fortiter minus crebre postice sat crebre minus fortiter punc-
tulato ; prothorace quam longiori (et postice quam antice)
fere ut If ad 1 latiori, sat fortiter minus crebre (antice
magis crcore magis subtiliter, ad latera crebre magis grosse)
punctulato, in medio longitudinaliter late leviter impresso,
latera versus depresso, lateribus sat arcuatis, latitudine
majori pone medium posita, basi leviter sinuata ; scutello
sat laevi ; elytris ad apicem leviter acuminatis (haud
spinosis), punctulato-striatis, interstitiis convexis sparsim
punctulatis ; corpore subtus minus crebre minus fortiter
(metasterno crebre fortius) punctulato. Long., 10 1.; lat.,
*i 1-
31
The markings on the elytra consist of a very narrow basal
border, a fascia in front of the middle resembling that of
S. 8imulata % L. and G. (as figured Tr. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1868, t.
2, fig. 15), a fascia behind the middle resembling that of
S. prcscellens, Kerremans (widest on the suture and sinuously
narrowed to the margin), a spot at the apex resembling that
of S. nndulata, L. and G. (as figured Tr. Ent. Soc, Lond.,
1868, t. 2, fig. 20), and narrow dark coloring along the suture.
In general form this species is very much like 8. cruenta, L. and
G., but is a little more depressed and wider with the sides of the
prothorax very decidedly flattened out.
Tasmania ; in the collection of C. French, Esq.
S. campestris, sp. nov. Minus lata ; modice convexa ; antennis
capite prothoraceque seneis viridescentibus, scutello viridi,
elytris brunneo-testaceis (basi summa, sutura, fascia post-
mediana, et apice nigro-violaceis), corpore subtus pedibusque
cyaneis ; capite antice sat producto, longitudinaliter sat pro-
funde canaliculato, fortiter sat crebre punctulato, clypeo
antice triangulariter exciso ; prothorace quam longiori (et
postice quam antice) ut 14 ad 1 latiori, fere ut caput punc-
tulato, lateribus modice arcuatis, latitudine majori fere ad
basin posita, basi sat fortiter bisinuata ; scutello sparsim
punctulato ; elytris ad apicem late arcuatim emarginatis
bispinosis, punctulato striatis, interstitiis antice parum
evidenter (postice gradatim fortius, apicem versus valde
fortiter) convexis sat crebre minus fortiter punctulatis ;
corpore subtus subfortiter sat crebre (sternorum parte inter-
coxali sparsim sat subtiliter) punctulato. Long., 44 1.; lat.,
1 f 1.
A species bearing much general resemblance to S. distincta,
Saund. (as figured in Journ. Linn. Soc, 1868, t. 10, fig. 30), but
differing in the suture being widely of blackish violet color.
Differs from the description also in the prothorax being much
less than twice as wide as long and its base much less than twice
as wide as its apical margin, and in the sutural apex of the
elytra being distinctly spiniform.
Queensland ; sent by Mr. French.
S. Caroli, Blackb. Having seen reeently some more examples
of S. capucina, Blackb., and discovered it to be a very variable
species I have come to the conclusion that S. Caroli is probably
an extreme variety of it. Unfortunately the description of
capucina was founded on a then unique example in Mr. French's
collection so that I had not a specimen before me when I
described Caroli.
S. pulchripes, sp. nov. Modice lata ; minus convexa ; capite
prothoraceque nigro-viridibus, elytris brunneo-testaceis
32
horuni basi sunima sutura (late) fascia lata mox pone medium
posita et parte apicali (late) nigro-viridibus vel subcyaneis,
corpore subtus antennisque nigro-viridibus parce breviter
argenteo-pubescentibus, pedibus lfete violaceis ; capite longi-
tudinaliter profunde excavato, vix crebre minus fortiter
punctulato: prothorace quam longiori ut 1| ad 1 latiori,
sparsim (ad basin lateraque sat fortiter, in aliis partibus
subtiliter) punctulato, ad latera in parte postica depresso,
lateribus minus arcuatis, latitudine majori fere ad basin
posita, basi minus fortiter sinuata ; scutello lsevi ; elytris ad
apicem tri-spinosis, punctulato-striatis, interstitiis (prsesertiin
postice) sat fortiter carinatis fere Itevibus ; corpore subtus
minus fortiter vix crebre punctulato. Long., 5-6 1. ; lat.,
Not unlike S. campestris in colors and markings, but with the
post-median fascia of the elytra considerably wider ; very
different from it however in other respects. Its nearest ally is I
think S. bicincta, Boisd., from which it differs inter alia (a) in
markings, the suture being widely of dark color along its whole
length and the basal dark coloring on the elytra consisting of a
mere narrow edging ; (b) in the prothorax (which is otherwise
very like that of S. bicincta) being only very sparsely punctulate;
(c) in the front of the elytra being very much less strongly
arched forward. The structure of the apex of the elytra is as in
S. bicincta — each apex trispinose, the two spines near the suture
placed close together, the sutural spine the shortest of the three.
Victoria ; sent by Mr. French.
S. undulata, Don. Mr. French's collection contains a remark-
able variety of this insect in which the dark markings of the
elytra are extended to cover the whole surface, — so that the
elytra are of a uniform greenish-black color.
ELATERID^E.
MEGAPENTHES.
M. futilis, Cand. I have received under this name from Mr.
Lea (who tells me that he obtained the name from Dr. Candeze)
examples of the insect that I named EJater wentworthensis. It
was to similar specimens, no doubt, that Dr. Candeze referred
in the note appended to his original description of M. futilis
(from N. Australia) when he said " I have had for some time
several individuals from N.S. Wales lying unpublished (restes
inedits) under the name of futilis and closely allied to it (ayant
de grands rapports avec celui-ci)" and then mentioned its color-
ing, and said that it was also closely allied to M. lituratus. I
am still of opinion that it is a good species. There are several
specimens from tropical Australia in my collection which I regard
33
sis/utilis without doubt, and comparing E. wentworthensis with
these I find that besides the strongly marked color distinctions
the latter presents several slight differences ; notably a some-
what finer and closer prothoracic puncturation and an evidently
more marked sinuation of the hinder part of the lateral margins of
that segment causing the hind angles to appear manifestly divari-
cate. It is also a consideration of some weight with one who has
had experience in the collection of specimens in Australia that
the probabilities are distinctly against the occurrence near
Sydney (where I have taken wentworthensis) of species that are
found in tropical Queensland. As regards the generic position
of wentworthensis I accept Dr. Candeze's verdict. Megapenthes
and Elater are (as indeed that learned author remarks in his
" Mon. des Elater ides''') very close, differing however in the pro-
sternal sutures which are impressed in the latter genus and not
in the former. In wentworthensis the sutures certainly appear
less absolutely simple than in an average Megapenthes, but I
think on re-examination they are not sufficiently concave to
justify a place in Elater; in any case Dr. Candeze's authority
may well determine the matter.
dascyllim:.
MACROHELODES.
M. tasmanicus, sp. nov. Fem. Late ovalis ; nitidus ; supra
glaber ; subtus sat dense breviter sericeo-pubescens ; supra
flavo-brunneus (elytrorum partibus impressis quam cetera?
minus navis), capite prothoraceque indeterminate piceo-
notatis, elytris piceo-trimaculatis (maculis versus marginem
lateralem prope basin prope mediam partem et pone medium
positis), antennis palpisque versus apicem infuscatis ; subtus
(coxis exceptis) paullo infuscatus ; capite (hoc inter oculos
biimpresso) confertim sat subtiliter, prothorace sparsim
leviter nee subtiliter, elytris crebre grosse, punctulatis ;
elytrorum sutura tota late leviter convexa sublsevi ; anten-
narum gracilium articulis 2° 3° que conjunctis quam 4 US sat
brevioribus. Long., 4i 1. ; lat., 3 1.
This species is much like M. crassus, Blackb., but can be at
once distinguished from it by its more slender and differently
formed antennae. In M. crassus the joints beyond the third of
the antennae are evidently compressed and each evidently in-
creases in width from its base to its apex (the width of the fifth
joint at its apex being a trifle more than half its length). In the
present species the joints of the antennae are scarcely compressed
at all, but very nearly cylindrical (the width of the fifth joint at
its apex being not more than a third of its length). I may say
that this character is specific not sexual inasmuch as I possess
34
both sexes of M. crassus and find that they present no notable
difference except in the last ventral segment, which is feebly
emar^inate in the male and pointed (very obtusely) in the female.
The present species also differs from crassus (apart from color)
by its larger size and the evidently stronger puncturation of its
prothorax.
Tasmania.
MALACODERMI.
LUCIOLA.
L. Cowleyi, sp. nov. Oblonga ; supra nigra vel nigro-picea, pro-
thorace (late) et elytris (magis anguste) ad latera testaceo-
limbatis, scutello testaceo ; corpore subtus (capite excepto)
pedibus antennis (his paullo infuscatis) palpisque testaceis ;
segmento ventrali penultimo albo ; capite concavo crebre
punctulato ; prothorace transversim quadrato, crebre punctu-
lato, in medio longitudinaliter sulcato, antice in medio
prominulo, lateribus sat late deplanatis, angulis anticis ob-
tusis posticis rectis ; elytris crebre aspere punctulatis, sutura
et costis nonnullis elevatis. Long., 2i — 2| 1.; lat., 1 1.
Differs from L. flavicollis, Macl., by its smaller size, prothorax
less narrowed behind and having the explanate sides wider, &c,
from L. coarcticollis, Oliv., by smaller size, prothorax with sides
much more explanate, lateral margins nearly straight, &c, from
australis, Fab., by the blackish color of its prothorax (except the
margins) and from L. Geslroi, Oliv., by the nearly straight sides
of its prothorax, &c.
N. Queensland ; sent by Mr. E. Cowley.
TENEBRIONID^].
axynaon (gen. nov. Meracanthidarum).
Caput planum verticale, in coxas anticas reclive; clypeus utrinque
supra antennarum basin sat gibbus ; palporum articulus
ultimus securiformis ; labrum modicum ; antennae corporis
dimidio longitudine sat sequales ; prothorax sat parvus,
fortiter convexus, sat gibbus, ad latera haud marginatus ;
scutellum transversum; elytra foveolato-striata ; pedes sat
graciles sat elongati, femoribus iuermibus, tibiis ad apicem
mucronibus binis armatis ; metasternum brevissimum.
*No Australian species of Meracanthides has been described
*I have submitted an example of this insect to Mr. G. C. Champion, the
eminent specialist on the Heteromera, and he, with his accustomed
courtesy, has favored me with his opinion. He says " the insect is either
an aberrant Meracanthid or should form the type of a new group. Your
supposition regarding its affinities is quite correct. It differs from the
Meracanthides in precisely the same way that the Megacanthides differ
from the Amarygmides, viz., in the unarmed anterior femora. In some
respects, as regards the scutellum, &c, it is more like Psorodes than
Meracantha. "
35
hitherto. The present insect is certainly I think referable to the
tribe, though it cannot be placed in any known genus. I have
not an example in my collection of either of the two genera (the
African Psorodes and the N. American Meracantha) on which
M. Lacordaire founded the tribe, and so cannot very confidently
remark on the affinities of the genus I am characterising, but I
judge it to be not very near either of the two, as it evidently
differs from them by its femora without teeth and its prothorax
without lateral carina?. In general appearance it resembles a
Chalcopterus but is at once distinguishable from that genus by
its very short metasternum.
A. Championi, sp. nov. iEneus (exemplis nonnullis viridi- vel
cupreo-micantibus); capite inter oculos crebre aspere punc-
tulato ; prothorace subtiliter minus perspicue punctulato,
transverso, antice supra caput (a latere viso) fortiter declivi,
lateribus haud marginatis ; scutello la?vi brevi; elytris grosse
seriatim foveolatis, interstitiis angustis convexis. Long.,
8 I; lat., 4 I.
N. Queensland ; sent by Mr. French.
CURCULIONIDJE.
car (gen. nov. ; ? Erirhininarum).
Corpus pubescens ; rostrum prothorace sat longius, minus robus-
tum, subcylindricum, leviter arcuatum ; scrobes breves sub-
basales infera? ; antennae fere recta? (vix geniculate), ad
basin fere contigua?, scapo brevi, clava a funiculo vix dis-
tincta (hujus quam funiculi articulis inter se haud magis
arete conjunctis); oculi valde leviter sed minus subtiliter
granulati ; prothorax, subcylindricus sed antice angustatus,
quam elytra sat angustior, lobis ocularibus nullis ; scutellum
modicum ; elytra sat lata ; prosternum ante coxas minus
elongatum ; coxa? antica? contigua?, intermedia? modice ap-
proximate ; femora mutica ; tibia? valida?, apice aperta?
inermes ; tarsi modici, articulo 3° alte bilobo ; unguiculi
divaricati intus sinuati ; pygidium elytris tectum ; segmen-
tum ventrale 2 um quam l um multo brevius, quam 3 am parum
longius ; segmenta intermedia ad latera vix angulata ;
metasternum modicum.
The small Curculionid for which I propose this new generic
name is a most perplexing species and difficult to place in any of
M. Lacordaire's " Tribes." There is no doubt of its appertaining
to the aggregate which M. Lacordaire calls "Section B of
Phalanx I. of the Curculionides Phanerognathes Synmerides."
On first consideration it seems to appertain to that portion of the
said "Section" in which the antenna? are straight and have no
36
distinct club and to be referable to the Belides ; but as it has no
other resemblance to those genera, being in general appearance
as unlike a Belid as it can well be, it does not seem at all satis-
factory to give it such a place. The idea of its being a Belid once
laid aside, the general resemblance to Erirhinince must certainly
strike the attention, and subsequent consideration cannot fail I
think to indicate those latter as really being the tribe of which
the present insect is an aberrant member. Regarding it as such
I do not find any aberration except in the antennae which un-
doubtedly are very unlike those of a typical Erirhinid; neverthe-
less even these when carefully observed are found to differ in
degree rather than fundamentally, — for the basal joint (though
not longer than the following two joints together) is evidently a
" scape," and the joints following it do not uninterruptedly (as
they do in Belus) continue the direction of the basal joint but
are feebly geniculate with it. Perhaps however the greatest diver-
gence from the Erirhinid type is in the antennae not having a
denned club but terminating quite like those of a Belus ; yet
even this character is distantly approximated in Eniopea. The
position of the antennae (inserted on the underside of the base of
the rostrum and separated only by a narrow canthus) does not
appear to be more inconsistent with the Erirhinince than with
any other Tribe that I can suggest for this species to be placed
in ; — so that on the whole I feel fairly confident that I am placing
it rightly. Its claws scarcely differ from those of an Emplesis.
The prothorax and elytra in outline much resemble those of
Rhynchites betuleti, F., except in the prothorax being more
conico-cylindric. The basal two segments of the abdomen
separated by a well-defined suture and the presence of a good-
sized scutellum and the absence of an antennal club separate the
present species from Apion and its allies as characterised by
Lacordaire.
C. condensatus, sp. now Fern. (?). Tota rufo-brunnea, pilis
brevibus dilutioribus inaequaliter vestitus, his in elytro
utroque ut lunula magna indeterminata conclensatis (cujus
apices in margine laterali positi sunt) ; rostro gracili, cylin-
drico, leviter arcuato, quam prothorax sat longiori, subtiliter
sparsim punctulato ; antennarum scapo articulis sequentibus
2 conjunctis longitudine sat aequali, funiculi articulis 1° quam
2 US et 2° quam 3 ns paullo brevioribus, 3° — 5° inter se sat
aequalibus, 6° 7° que paullo brevioribus ; prothorace vix
transverso, crebre fortiter sat rugulose punctulato ; elytris
punctulato-striatis, interstitiis leviter convexis crebre sub-
rugulose punctulatis. Long, (rostr. excl.), 2J 1.; lat, 1JL
Australia ; exact habitat uncertain, but I believe it to be in
Eyre's Peninsula.
37
elleschodes (gen. nov. Tychiidarum),
Corpus pubescens ; rostrum prothorace vix longius, sat robusturu,
subdepressum ; scrobes antemediana3 subrostrum directse,
oculos attingentes ; funiculus 7-articulatus; oculi subfortiter
granulati; prothorax transversus, quam elytra haud multo
angustior, lobis ocularibus fere nullis ; scutelluin sat parvum ;
elytra brevia, lata ; prosternum ante coxas minus breve ;
coxa? intermedia? minus approximate ; femora dente parvo
armata ; tibia? sat valida?, anterior ibus breviter mucronatis ;
tarsi sat breves, articulo 3° alte bilobo ; unguiculi divaricati,
appendiculati ; pygidium elytris tectum ; segmentum ven-
trale 2 nm quam l um paullo brevius, quam 3 am 4 um que con-
juncta sublongius ; segmenta intermedia ad latera fortiter
angulata, 2° 3 um haud amplectenti.
In M. Lacordaire's classification this genus falls into the Group
Elleschides and is very near Elleschus from which inter alia its
strongly divaricate claws distinguish it. Its dentate femora
inter alia distinguish it from Orichora and Ochrophcebe.
E. Hamiltoni, sp. nov. Ferrugineus vel piceo-ferrugineus, rostro
pedibus sternisque nigricantibus ; rostro supra longitudi-
naliter striolato ; antennis minus elongatis, scapo oculum
attingenti, funiculi articulo 1° modice elongato ceteris brevi-
bus, clava manifeste articulata ; capite prothoraceque crebre
vix fortiter punctulatis ; hoc sat transverso, antice subito
angustato, in medio longitudinaliter plus minus ve perspicue
subcarinato ; elytris vix striatis, seriatim subgrosse (inter-
stitiis planis crebre subtiliter) punctulatis ; corpore breviter
pubescenti. Long, (rostr. exc), 1J 1. \ lat., i 1.
Perhaps congeneric with Elleschus orbitalis, Schonnh., which
its author places in Elleschus with some hesitation, but differing
from the description of that species inter alia by the absence of
white pilosity on the orbits of the eyes and on the sterna.
N.S. Wales ; taken near Mount Kembla by A. G. Hamilton,
Esq., who is publishing (in Linn. Soc. N.S.W.) a paper on the
economic value of this species.
LONGICORNES.
NENENIA.
The following two species may I think be confidently referred
to Nenenia with which they seem to agree in all generic
characters.
N. thoracica, sp. nov. Sat elongata ; sat parallela; nigra, capite
subtus genis et prothorace rufo-testaceis, elytris chalybeis
notula subapicali transversa testacea (hac in margine laterali
38
quam insutura multo latiori) ornatis, antennis apicem versus
subferrugineis ; pedibus piceis. Long., 5J 1. ; lat., 1|^ 1.
The structure of the head mouth organs and antennae does not
differ from the same in N. aumlenta, Pasc. ; the elytra are more
parallel more distinctly punctured and scarcely distinctly pubes-
cent ; the tarsi are distinctly (though not very much) more slen-
der. I do not observe any other notable structural difference
from jV\ aumlenta, Pasc, but the difference in coloring prevents
any possibility of confusing the two species. The subapical fascia
of the elytra commences on the lateral margin about half-way
between the middle and the apex and continues there more than
half-way to the apex ; its front margin runs obliquely hindward
to a point a little behind the middle of its lateral margin ; its
hind margin is on the suture about level with its lateral hind
margin but its hind margin is deeply roundly emarginate so that
the chalybeate apex has the appearance of a round spot.
Victoria ; sent by Mr. Sloane ; also by Mr. French.
N. virgata, sp. nov. Elongata; parallela ; pallida (subtus
obscura flavo-pubescens) ; capite, prothoraceque maculatim,
elytris longituclinaliter adque apicem antennis, et femorum
tibiarum tarsorumque parte apicali, nigro-vel piceo-notatis.
Long., 5 1.; lat., li 1.
Evidently a variable species in the distinctness of its markings,
as the two specimens I have seen differ considerably in this
respect. Regarding pale yellow as the ground color of the upper
surface the dark markings are as follows : — a large space between
the eyes, a spot on the vertex, the middle of the front of the
prothorax and two large discal spots on the same, the scutellum
(which however is clothed with pale pubescence), and on the
elytra the suture (widely but not quite to the apex) a narrow
interrupted marginal vitta and an apical spot. In one of the
examples before me the sutural vitta is subobsolete and the mar-
ginal vitta quite faint, while the space between the apical spot
and the elytral vittaa is more brightly yellow than the rest of
the surface so that it seems to bear a rather conspicuous fascia.
This species is evidently more narrow and parallel than the pre-
ceding ; the fine cariniform lines on the elytra are less marked
than in it or iV. aumlenta.
N. Queensland ; sent by Mr. French.
RHYTIPHORA.
E. Spencerij sp. nov. Piceo-nigra, pilis niveis variegata ; his
frontem totam genasque dense sequaliter vestientibus, in
vertice (hoc longitudinaliter impresso) tri-radiatim co nden
satis, in prothorace lineas transversas plus minusve inter
39
ruptas 4 vel 5 formantibus, in elytris ut Unese varie con-
torts maculseque condensatis, corpus subtus pedesque dense
sat sequaliter (nihilo minus hie illic, prsesertiru in metasterno
et abdominis lateribus interrupte) et antennarum articulos
2 um — 8 am ad basin vestientibus ; oculis permagnis ; capite
prothoraceque irregulariter sat sparsim vix profunde punc-
tulato ; hoc transversim subquadrato, transversim plicato ;
elytris fere ut prothorax punctulatis, granulis nonnullis
basin versus instructis, ad apicem rotundatim vix truncatis.
Long. 14-16 1. ; lat., 5-5J 1.
Closely allied to R. (Penthea) Saundersi, Pasc., but differing
from it by its very much larger eyes, the space between which
is densely clothed with even white pubescence, the spots and
patches of pubescence on its elytra considerably larger though of
similar form and arrangement, and its narrower and more
elongate form. The antennae of the male are a trifle longer (of
the female a trifle shorter) than the body I take the essential
distinction of Rhytiphora from Penthea to lie in the less fine
granulation of the eyes ; tested by that character this species
and Saimdersi, Pasc, appertain to Rhytiphora.
Central Australia ; taken by Professor Spencer ; sent to me by
Mr. French.
40
Critical Remarks on Some Australian
Mollusca.
By Professor Ralph Tate.
[Read May 4, 1897.]
T availed myself of the opportunity during rny recent visit to
Europe to compare actual South Australian specimens taken with
me with the types of certain Australian species preserved in
National Museums of Paris and London.
The Musee de l'Histoire Naturelle at Paris contains some of
the Lamarckian types collected by the Baudin-expedition on the
southern coasts of Australia, and some of those described and
figured by Quoy and Gaimard in the "Zoologie de 1' Astrolabe,"
collected at King George Sound, Western Port, and Hobart. The
British Museum, London, contains the celebrated Cumingian col-
lections, many of the Australian species of which are figured in
Reeve's Icon. Conchol.; and types or co-types of species collected
by Angas, and described by himself, or in conjunction with A.
Adams, and by Crosse.
I need not rehearse the many disappointments which I experi-
enced. But what authentic informations I have been able to
glean are set forth in the following pages. Doubtless many of
the synonymns herein indicated have already been established,
but the independent opinion of an Australian conchologist on
Australian shells may be worthy of record, even if it be only in
conformation of prior determinations. Exchanges of opinions
between Australian collectors and Mr. E. A. Smith, of the British
Museum, and other conchologists having access thereto, cover a
period at least of 20 years, and we have profited thereby, chiefly
as regards the larger forms ; but the National collection inade-
quately illustrates the molluscan fauna of Australia.
PART I.— GASTEROPODA.
Triton exaratus, T. Quoyi, T. verrucosus, and T. eburneus,
all of Reeve !, are correctly identified.
Fusus ustulatus, Reeve !, is correctly identified.
Cominella filicea, Crosse !. I have of this species specimens
now identified with the type from Newcastle, N.S.W., and N.E.
coast of Queensland. So far as I know, the species has not been
taken here by local collectors, and I suspect that Angas's record
of a single find is an importation, the locality of the type being
41
Port Jackson, to which on the label has been added " S.
Australia."
Cominella Adelaidensis, Crosse !, is not separable specifically
from C. alveolata. It may, however, be regarded as a local
race.
Columbella semiconvexa, Lamarck !, is correctly identified.
C. Torkensis, Crosse !, is a unicolorous variety, and C. infumata,
Crosse !, is a mere micromorph.
Ancillaria marginata, Lamarck !, is rightly named.
Cancellaria laevigata, Sowerby !, v. C. pur pur cef or mis, Valenc.
The type-specimens of the former are somewhat rolled, but one
large one is without costation. The British Musuem examples
of the latter are smaller, spirally lineated, and the spire-whorls
not costate. The absence or presence of costation on the pos-
terior whorls is thus not constant, and the absence of spiral
striation in C. laevigata may be due to obliteration by erosion. I
regard the two as conspecific, and would employ the name C.
purpur^eformis as the anterior of the two.
Natica umbilicata, Quoy and Gaimard !, and Nactina picta,
Reeve !, are conspecific, as already suspected. The shell may be
located in the subgenus Stigmaulax, Morch, 1852, of Natica:
whilst Naticina nitida, Reeve, another South Australian shell,
becomes a Eunaticina, Fischer, 1885 Naticina, Gray, 1842 (non
Guilding, 1834).
Thylacodes sulcatus, Lamarck.
The South Australian vermitiform shell, thus named, agrees
with the type of Serpula sulcata, Lamk., and S. sipho of that
author is the same ; Vermetus arenarius, Q. and G. ! (non. Lk.) is
another synonym.
Tryon (Man. Conch., VIIL, p. 179, t. 53, f. 64, 1886) rejects
the Lamarckian name in favour of V. novce Hollandice, Rousseau,
because " one of the three types of that species [S. sulcata] is a
fossil and different, the other two appear to be V. sipho." From
a personal inspection, I assert with confidence that the above
statement is not true ; S. sulcata and S. sipho are separately
labelled, though I regard them as one species ; it is true
Lamarck adds a note under S. sulcata, " se trouve fossile dans la
Touraine," but the fossil is not among the recent types. I regret
not being able to consult Vaillant's paper.
The animal of our common tubiculate gasteropod exhibits the
same characters as described by Quoy and Gaimard for their
V. arenarius. But I may add that the oval egg-cases to the
number of 50 or 60 are attached by glutinous threads to inner
shell-wall ; about 20 matured embryos are contained in each
capsule.
Turritella oxyacris, Tate, nom. mut.
T. acuta, Tenison- Woods, 1876 (non Mayer, 1868).
42
Eulima ague, Angas ! is correctly named.
Diastoma melanoides [Reeve], Tate, Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.,
vol. XXVII., p. 176, 1893.
Mesalia melanoides, Reeve, Icon. Conch., 1849.
Ataxocerithium serotinum (A. Ads.), Tate, J. Roy. Soc,
N.S.W., vol. XXVIL, p. 179, 1893. This species I have made
the type of a new genus.
Batillaria Cerithium, Q. and G.
Turritella Cerithium, Quoy and Gaimard !, Voy. Astrolabe,
p. 131, t. 55, f. 27-28.
Cerithium turritella, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 19 (non
Q. and G.).
Bittium turritella, Angas, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 171 ; id. Ten.-
Woods, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1878, p. 35.
Cerithidea turritella, Tryon, Man. Conch.
Quoy and Gaimard's types which I have studied were obtained
at Port Western, Victoria ; the species is very common in Tas-
mania and South Australia ; it inhabits the mud-flats in the
region of about half-tide. Its operculum is circular and many
whorled.
This shell has been misquoted by Menke and subsequent
authors, which is traceable to a confusion of Quoy and Gaimard's
own creation ; thus they describe and figure a shell from Port
Dorey in Papua as Cerithium turritella (t. 55, f. 8), whilst the
Victorian shell is called Turritella cerithium. The Southern
shell is the latter, and it extends to West Australia, if my quo-
tation of Menke is right, who, however, mentions only the name,
but adds a reference to Kiener, Icon. p. 64, t. 22, f. 1, which I
cannot consult.
The generic name Batillaria, Benson, 1842, replaces Lampania,
proposed four years after by Gray.
Triforis Angasi, Crosse !, is rightly identified.
Diala monile, A. Adams !, is rightly identified, though the
types are immature ; T. tessellata, Ten. -Woods !, better exemplifies
the species than the commoner form in South Australian waters.
Diala lauta, Adams !, is rightly identified.
Littorina Mauritiana, Lamarck. The smaller and rotund
variety, which lives at the high-water-mark is L. Diemensis,
Quoy and Gaimard !.
Paludinella Gilesii, Angas !, P.Z.S., 1877, t. 26, f. 2, 171, was
redescribed by me, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol. XVI., p. 196,
under the name of Blandfordia Stirlingi, an excusable over-
sight on account of the faulty figure, which better represents
Bithynia australis. The present species may be quoted as
Blandfordia Gilesii.
Melania Balonnensis, Conrad. In the Zoology of the Horn
43
Expedition I have degraded the two following Melanise, M. Tatei,
Brazier, and M. subsmilis, E. A. Smith !, to varietal rank.
Cyclostrema cingulifera, A. Adams !, This Philippine shell
is very much larger than C. Tatei, Angas, but otherwise they
seem identical, in which case C. laivis, Phil., will fall in as another
synonym.
Cyclostrema micans, A. Adams !, and Liotia Angasi, Crosse !,
are the same by comparison of types. Adams located his species
in the right genus, and his name takes priority.
Phasianella variegata, Lamark !, and P. Angasi, Crosse !,
are conspecific ; Crosse's type is a somewhat overgrown indi-
vidual, but otherwise not different from the Lamarckian type.
Clanculus Yatesi, Crosse!, October, 1863 = C. Menkei, Ads.
and Angas, in British Museum.
Monodonta lineata, Lamk. ! = Trochus badius, Wood.
This admission is on the back of the tablet carrying Lamarck's
types, to which is added M. rosea, Lamk. ! M. Peroni, Lamarck,
only differs by having white flames.
These and other congeneric species usually referred to Elenchus
should be quoted under Phasianotrochus, Fischer.
Caniharidns decoratus, Adams and Angas !, P.Z.S., 1864, and
Trochus Tiberianus, Crosse !, Jour, de Conch., Oct., 1863, are the
same as already suspected, and referred as synonymic under
Gibbnla smaltata, Fischer, 1879. Crosse's name is the older, and
the shell should be quoted as Gibbula Tiberiana. G. aurea,
Ten. -Woods (1876) is another synonym.
Gena nigra, Q. and G., was not seen in the Paris Museum, but
a shell identically that which is locally referred to that species is
present, though unnamed.
Fissurella nigrita, Sowerby !; is rightly identified ; the types
are larger than F. Pritchardi, Hedley, which I regard as
synonymic.
Parmophorus convexus, Q. and G.!=P. australis, Lk.!=ScUTUS
anatinus, Donovan.
Acmaea flammea, Q. and G.! ( Patelloidea). This species has
hitherto been known to local conchologists as A. conoidea, Q. and
G., Angas in 1865 being the first in error. The types are worn
smooth externally, and show a cruciform coloration in brown ;
each flame is frequently broken-up into three or more streaks.
Acmaea conoidea, Q. and G.!, which is much smaller than
A. flammea, has a circular aperture and fine radial threads.
A. calamus, Crosse and Fischer, authentic specimens of which I
have not seen, is probably the same.
Acmaea septiformis, Q. and G.!, is rightly identified.
Bullinella arachis, Q. and G.!, is rightly identified.
Haminea cymbalum, Q. and G. The type of this species I have
44
not seen, but specimens so named in the Museum of the Ecole des
Mines at Paris are different from those quoted under that name
by Angas in 1865. Our shell is H. tenera, A. Ads.
PART II.— LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
The communication under this head will constitute a Fourth
Supplementary List of the Lamellibranch Mollusca of South
Australia. The first revision was published in Trans. Roy. Soc,
S. Aust., vol. ix., pp. 76-111, 1887, and Supplemental Lists in
vol. X., 1888, vol. XIV., 1891, and vol. XV., 1892.
Teredo adax, Hedley, P. Lin. Soc, N.S.W., 1895. This
species, though unnamed, was recorded by me Revision ix., p. 19,
1887.
Barnea similis [Gray], Tate, op. cit. ix, p. 80, non Gray = B.
OBTURAMENTUM, Hedley, Records Austr. Mus., II., p. 55, t. 14,
1893.
Saxicava arctica, Linnaeus. Saxicava venerijbrmis, Lamk.!,
and Corbula australis, Lamarck !, are the same, both types
equally large.
Genus Cuspidaria.
Cuspidaria Tasmanica, Tenison- Woods (Neaera), Proc. Roy.
Soc, Tasmania, for 1875, p. 27 (1876).
Mr. E. A. Smith, in the Lamellibranchs of the Challenger Ex-
pedition, characterises 13 sections of the genus Neaera, denomi-
nated A to M. The dentition of the species here noticed was
unknown to him, which desiderrated information I now furnish.
It indicates a disposition of the hinge-teeth different from that of
each one of Smith's sections, and a new section is required to
receive it. The diagnosis is as follows : —
Section N.
Right valve with a lateral tooth on each side ; left valve with a
single tubercular denticle in front of the apex, no laterals. This
arrangement approximates to that in Section F., but without the
denticle in front of the apex of the right valve.
C. Tasmanica inhabits the south-east coats of Tasmania and St.
Vincent-Gulf, South Australia.
Cuspidaria simulans, Tate, 1897.
Oblong-oval, somewhat ventricose, white, thin, translucent,
concentrically and distantly Urate; line usually rounded and
elevated, becoming somewhat lamellose anteriorly, sometimes as
close-set and slightly elevated lamellae. Some examples show
distant radial pellucid lines. The rostrum is elongated, about
one-fifth of the total antero-posterior diameter, attenuated and
truncate.
45
Right valve with a long lanielliforni tooth on each side ; left
valve edentulous ; cartilage-pit posteriorly inclined.
Antero-posterior diameter, 6-5; umbo- ventral diameter, 4;
transverse diameter, 2-25.
Habitat. — St. Vincent Gulf, numerous examples dredged by
Dr. Verco.
Affinities. — The dentition is that proper to Rhinomya, Adams,
= Section G., Smith. Hitherto this section has been unrepre-
sented in the Australian fauna, as the R. rugata recorded by
Angas is not the species of Adams ; it belongs to Section F,
and has been described by Smith as C. Brazieri.
In form and sculpture it resembles C. Brazieri, except that
the rostrum is shorter (perhaps not a constant character). This
general resemblance renders it doubtful if the South Austra-
lian shell is distinct from Rhinomya rugata, Adams, inhabiting
Japan, except that "oblonga," "concentrice confertim lirata," and
" liris corrugates" do not well apply.
Cuspidaria trigonalis, Tate, 1897.
Subtrigonous, produced posteriorly into a short triangular
rostrum ; ventricose, white, ornamented with concentric
lamellae ; the lamellae of the left valve are distant, thin, elevated,
wider than the interstitial sulci ; those of the right valve de-
pressed and separated by linear sulci.
Right valve with a lamellar tooth on each side, left valve with
a stout denticle in front of the hinge-notch ; cartilage-pit deep
and subtriangular in outline.
Antero-post. diameter 5-5, excl. rostrum 4-25 ; umbo-ventral
diameter 4, transverse diameter 4.
Habitat. — Investigator Straits, dredged in 15 fathoms by Dr.
J. Verco.
Remarks. — Of the four known examples, three are left valves
and one is a right valve ; they have the same shape, but as the
ornamentation of the opposite valves is different it is possible
that two species are represented ; yet there is nothing incom-
patible to the opinion that the difference of ornamentation is one
of degree, though it may be, we have here a species with the
opposite valves dissimilarly ornamented.
The dentition of C. trigonalis is that of Section N., estab-
lished for C. Tasma7iica, from which species it differs by its con-
spicuous cardinal denticle, shape and ventricosity, and thus also
from C. simulans. Indeed, it is remarkable among congeners by
its subtrigonal outline and umbonal inflation.
Corbula compressa, Verco, Tr. Roy. Soc, S. Aust., XX. p.
230, t. 8, f. 2, 1896.
Myodora corrugata, Verco, op. cit. p. 229, t. 8, f. 1, 1896 (non
46
Tate, 1887) = Myodora albida, Ten. -Woods. St. Vincent and
Spencer Gulfs ; also Tasmania.
Mactra rufescens, Lamarck. Correctly identified according
to the British Museum record.
Hemimactra corrugata, Tate, is only a varietal form of
If. versicolor, Tate.
Hemimactra ovalina, Lamarck. Correctly identified apud
British Museum, where Mactra depressa, Reeve, non Spengler, is
admitted a synonym.
Lutraria oblonga [Gmelin], Tate, op. cit., XIV., p. 266. If
the South Australian shell should be considered separable from
the European, bearing the above name, then L. rhynchama,
Reeve !, which is identically our shell, should be substituted.
L. dissimilis, Deshayes, was not seen.
Mesodesma glabrella, Lamarck. The types of Amphidesma
glabrella, Lk. !, Mesodesma praicisa, Deshayes !, and M. obtusa,
Crosse !, have been compared, and found to be conspecific ; the
two latter had already been considered by me, op. cit. IX., p. 85,
as the same.
Mesodesma elongata, Desh. This shell occurs in the Paris
Museum as a Mactra with an undecipherable specific name. The
types of M. elongata and M. angusta, Desh., which are in the
British Museum, belong to one species.
Anapella cuneata, Lamarck sp. Anapa cuneata et A.
triquetra. These two species of South Australian Anapas were
admitted by me, op. cit., IX., p. 86, but after the study of the
types of Lamarck and Hanley, I have come to the conclusion
that only one species is represented, which finds support in the
fact that the two variants are correlative with their habitats, the
typical form on the sea-coast, and the Hanleyan form in estuaries.
Crassatella cycladea, Lk., is another synonymn from my examina
tion of the type. This species should be quoted under Anapella,
Dall, 1895, in substitution for Anapa, Gray, 1853, non Gray,
1847.
Mulinia pinguis, C. and F., after a careful study of the descrip-
tion and figures of those authors, I cannot escape from the con-
viction that their shell is a monstrosity of Anapella cuneata
forma triquetra. The generic location is made clear by the figure
which displays the interior of the right valve.
Donax sordida, Angas ! (non Hanley)=D. Brazieri, Smith !,
1872.
Psammobia zonalis, Lamarck !, id. Tate, op cit., IX., p. 87, is
rightly identified.
Choristodon lapicidum, Chem. Of the two synonymic names
Naranio lapicida and N. divaricata, both of Chemnitz, I follow
the British Museum authorities in using the former.
47
Choristodon rubiginosum, Adarus and Angas.
dementia Tasmanica, Petterd !, is a synonym.
Venurupis carditoides and V. crenata, Lamarck, are rightly
identified according to the British Museum naming.
Tapes fabagella, Deshayes, of my collection agrees with the
type in the British Museum.
Chione gallinula, Lamarck, as so named from South Aus-
tralian waters, agrees with the type. Venus australis, Sow.,
is perhaps not the same species, the type specimens have finer
and closer concentric ribs than the type of V. gallinula, whilst in
outline it is more triangular, the post-ventral margin rising more
quickly.
The locality of Lamarck's type is King Island, that of
Sowerby's King George Sound.
C. australis has not been found in South Australian waters.
Chione Peroni, Lamarck !, with which C. aphrodinoides I
should be united. C. conularis ! may be the young state. This
species in my Revision, IX., p. 92, is quoted as C. scalarina.
Reeve, in Mon. Venus, gives an excellent figure of it (t. 17, f. 73)
under the name of C. aphrodinoides.
Chione strigosa, Lamarck !. C. aphrodina, Lk., is obviously
from descriptions and figures a synonym. In my Revision the
species is quoted as C. aphrodina.
Chione sp. unnamed. The shell incorrectly referred in my
Revision, IX., p. 92, No. 67, to C. strigosa, I failed to identify in
either the Paris or British Museum. It may possibly be C.
scalarina, Lamk., which I have not seen, or any examples
attributed to it. It agrees very fairly well in outline with
Reeve's figure of it, which represents a shell of medium size, par-
ticularly in the somewhat arched post-hinge line, but no descrip-
tion of C. scalarina alludes to the very distinctive ornamentation
of our shell.
Dosinia Diana, Adams and Angas, id Tate, op. cit., IX., p. 93.
The type of this species and the shell I figured as D. grata are
certainly the same, but they are different from D. grata.
D. diana appears as if it were a worn D. crocea without the
coloration on the escutcheon. D. crocea is slightly coarser ribbed,
and more depressed than D. diana.
Dosinia crocea, Deshayes. This is a wrong identification, but
it agrees with D. histrio, var. from Swan River, in the British
Museum. It has the concentric ribs coarser and wider apart
than in D. grata.
Meretrix alatus, Reeve. This is in substitution for Cytherea
lutila, Sow., and in harmony with the British Museum record.
M. rutilus is a different species.
Meretrix mxdtistriatus, as quoted from Tasmania, can only be
48
M. Diemenensis ; the true M. multistriatus is a very different
shell ; and Hutton's record of M. disruptus for the Wanganui-
Pliocene relates to M. multistriatus. M. disruptus is sufficiently
distinct from M. Diemenensis to take specific rank. The generic
name Cytherea, Lamarck, is replaced by Meretrix.
Cypricardia rostrata, Lk. !, which is attributed to Kangaroo
Island, is labelled in the Paris Museum with the locality of New
Holland.
Lucina lacteola, Tate, nom. mut.
L. lactea, A. Adams, non Lamarck.
L. concentrica, Adams and Angas, 1863, non Lamarck.
The British Museum records show that L. lactea has precedence
over L. concentrica, and that the two names refer to the one
species, but as the employment of either names has previously
been in use and continues so, it becomes necessary to affix a new
specific denomination.
Axinus flexuosus, Montague. A British species now known
in New South Wales (Brazier), Tasmania (Petterd ! and May !) r
and South Australia, St. Vincent Gulf (Dr. Verco !).
Lucina minima, Ten. -Woods !, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for
1875, p. 162 (1876), antedates L. Tatei, Angas, by two years.
Lucina cumingi, Adams and Angas. This Divaricella may
not be L. quadrisulcata, D'Orbigny, and if the distinction is
valid, then L. Cumingi comes to be employed for the Australasian
shell.
Crassatella micra, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol.
XIX., pi. i., f. 3.
Crassatella producta, Verco, op. cit., pi. i, f. 2.
Mytilicardia crassicostata, Lamarck ! (Cardita), is rightly
identified by comparison with the type.
Barbatia Carpenteri.
The following are additional synonyms : — Area trapezia and
A. fasciata, Ten. -Woods in Hobart Museum.
Barbatia laminata, Angas !, is a mere synonym to B. squamosa,
Lamarck !, as also A. McCoy i, Ten. -Woods.
AxiNiEA radians, Lamarck (Pectunculus) I. Pectunculus
obliquus, Reeve !, is a synonym, and moreover the specific name
is preoccupied by Def ranee, 1826, and Lea, 1833.
AxiNiEA striatularis, Lamarck (Pectunculus) I This is the
same as P. radians of my "Revision," IX., p. 103. The type is
from King George Sound ; the examples in the British Museum
are labelled from Swan River.
Limopsis Forskali, Adams !. The Limopsis Belcheri of my
Revision, IX., p. 104, wherein I had adopted McCoy's identifica-
tion, is certainly not that species !. It approaches best to L.
Forskali, but whether L. Macgillivrayi be the more appropriate
designation I cannot say, not having seen that species.
49
Mytilus hirsutus, Lamarck. The actual type not seen, but
is correctly identified from specimens so named in Paris Museum.
Mytilus Menkeanus, Philippi. This species was known to
Lamarck, and is his Magellanicus, var.!, as it is also M. poly-
dontes, Q. and G.!
Mytilus planulatus, Lamarck ! This is M. chorus of my
Revision, IX. r p. 105. Lamarck's type! is from King George
Sound. The subordination of the name of this species to that of
M. chorus, Molinia, I have no opinion upon, having accepted
Hutton's views thereon.
Modiola australis, Gray. This is also M. albicosta, var.
spatula, Lamarck !
Modiola albicosta, Lamarck ! The type is artificially
polished, but our shell so named is correctly identified.
Modiola inconstans, Dunker, so named in the British Museum,
is the same which I figured in my Revision, IX., under the name
of ilf. semivestita, Dunker.
Modiola flavida, Dunker, so named in the British Museum,
is No. 181 of my Hand List, published by Adcock (1893).
Modiolaria Cumixgiana, Reeve. A synonym of this species
is M. discors, Q. and G.!, on the opinion that the Australasian is
distinct from the European.
Malleus vulsellatus, Lamarck !, is correctly named in our
local list. The following Lamarckian species seem to me to be
mere variants : — M. decurtatus ! is a stunted form, and M. nor-
malis ! is only a little more winged than M. vulsellatus.
Vulsella ovata, Lamarck ! The types are large examples,
with an individuality of a more defined concentric sculpture than
is usual with South Australian examples attributed to that
species.
Avicula papilioxacea (Chemnitz), Lamarck ! As suspected
in uiy Revision, IX., p. 107, A. Georgiana, Q. and G. proves to
be the same ; and examination of Reeve's types in the British
Museum results in attaching the two following as synonyms : —
A. punctulata and A. scalpta.
50
Descriptions of New Australian
Lepidoptera.
By Oswald Lower, F.E.S., &c.
[Read April 6, 1897.]
BOMBYCINA.
COSMOTRICHE (?) BRACHYCERA, 11. Sp.
Male, 40 mm. Head, palpi, legs, thorax, and abdomen dark
fuscous ; thorax with a transverse darker fuscous transverse
stripe, edged posteriorly with ochreous. Abdomen with ochreous
whitish hairs on anterior and middle segments. Antennae
white, biciliated with tufts of pale yellow hairs ; at greatest
length one and a half, apex of antenna? simple. Forewings
elongate triangular ; costa straight, hindmargin obliquely
rounded, dark fuscous, dusted throughout with whitish, so as
to appear ashy-grey-whitish ; two well-marked black lines from
one-fourth of costa to one-fourth inner-margin, strongly curved
outwards on uppet half ; two well-marked black lines from
four-fifth of costa to just before anal angle, hardly denticulate,
but with a slight projection outwards in middle and just be-
neath costa. A triangular semi-hyaline discal spot in middle
of wing, partly edged with black ; cilia whitish, chequered
with black at extremities of veins. Hindwings white, hairs
of inner-margin blackish, costal edge blackish ; cilia white,
partly chequered with black. One specimen at Broken Hill in
November. Not unlike Bombyx mioleuca, Meyr., but the
curious antenna? are quite different, besides shape of wing.
GEOMETRINA.
HYDRIOMEXIDiE.
MlCRODES TYPHOPA, n. sp.
Female, 22 mm. Head, antenna?, palpi, and thorax dark
fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, with blackish segmental rings.
Legs fuscous, sprinkled with whitish ; tibiae and tarsi blackish,
ringed with white. Forewings moderate, dilated posteriorly ;
costa gently arched, hindmargin somewhat bowed, oblique ;
smoky fuscous, becoming whitish on median band; a slightly
curved moderate transverse whitish fascia near base, containing
a finer line of ground colour in middle throughout ; anterior
margin of median band edged by a similar fascia from one-
51
fourth of costa to one-fourth inner-margin, edged internally by
a fine line of black ; posterior margin of band edged by a
similar, internally black-edged fascia from beyond three-fourths
of costa to just before anal angle, with sharp projection out-
wards beneath costa, and another less pointed in middle, the
fascia edged throughout externally by a line of ochreous-
brown ; subterminal slenderly white, indented beneath costa ;
a black hindmarginal line cut by veins into spots ; cilia
fuscous, somewhat chequered with blackish towards base.
Hindwings with hindmargin hardly waved, fuscous, lighter
towards base ; several darker fuscous, somewhat indistinct
waved transverse lines ; three below middle more pronounced ;
cilia greyish. Markings of hindwings reproduced more clearly
beneath. One specimen ; Semaphore, S. Australia, in December.
SELIDOOSEMID.E.
Paralcea maritima, n. sp.
Male, 33 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark ashy-grey
fuscous. Thorax with a large, dense, bifid, posterior crest. Palpi
long. Antennae ochreous-fuscous ; pectinations three to apex.
Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous ; posterior pair whitish. Fore-
wings elongate-triangular ; costa strongly arched at base, thence
nearly straight ; hindmargin hardly oblique, somewhat crenulate,
slightly angulated in middle, ashy-grey-whitish, densely and
finely transversely strigulated throughout with darker ; a thin,
obscure, cuneiform mark of pale whitish-fuscous from costa at
about two-thirds, reaching half across wing ; a fine, blackish,
interrupted hindmarginal line ; cilia ashy grey-whitish. Hind-
wings white, with slight projections on veins four and seven,
waved on upper half, lower half nearly straight, three and four
from a point, grey-whitish ; a more or less suffused-fuscous hind-
marginal band, becoming obsolete towards anal angle ; hind-
marginal line as in forewings ; cilia white. Underside of
hindwings silvery-white, with a large, black, apical spot. One
specimen at Exeter, S. Australia, in June (at light). In Mr.
Meyrick's generic description the apex of the antenna? is said to
be simple ; in the present species the ciliations reach the apex,
although extremely short at that point.
NOCTUINA.
ISOCTUID.E.
Agrotis callimera, n. sp.
Male and female, 38-40 mm. Head and face pale-ochreous.
Palpi ochreous ; second joint thickly infuscated on sides
52
externally. Thorax and antennae ferruginous-brown ; ciliations
about one-half. Legs greyish ; tibiae spinose ; tarsi fuscous,
ringed with ochreous-white. Abdomen greyish-ochreous, clothed
with whitish hairs on anterior segments. Forewings elongate,
moderate ; costa nearly straight ; hindmargin oblique, ferruginous-
brown, in some specimens becoming olive-greenish ; all veins
more or less outlined with whitish ; a dull, leaden, reniform spot
at end of cell, upper lobe more or less internally whitish ;. a trans-
verse row of blackish points on veins from about three-fourths of
costa to three-fourths of inner margin ; a moderately broad,
silvery-whitish hindmarginal band ; a hindmarginal row of black
points ; cilia chestnut-brown. Hindwings and cilia pale creamy-
ochreous. Five specimens at Exeter, S. Australia, in March.
Although somewhat variable, it is an easily recognised species.
Mr. Meyrick, to whom I submitted the species, returned it as
unknown to him.
Agrotis gypsina, n. sp.
Male, 34 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, abdomen, and legs white;
tibiae spinose, fuscous, tarsi ringed with white. Antennae fuscous,
shortly ciliated, about one half . Forewings elongate, moderate ;
costa nearly straight, hindmargin oblique ; white ; three short
oblique blackish dashes on costa — one near base, one at one-
fourth, and one beyond middle — first one more or less continued
half across wing as a zigzag line ; a transverse row of fine black
points from about three-quarters of costa to three-quarters inner-
margin \ a yellow reniform spot at end of cell, cut by a fine black
line, and suffused beneath with fuscous ; a hindmarginal row of
blackish dots. Hindwings and cilia white, a hindmarginal row
of small black lunules. Two specimens taken by Mr. Harold
Lower at Exeter, South Australia, in March.
HYPENID^].
Hypena mesochra, n. sp.
Female, 30 mm. Head, antennae, thorax, and palpi ochreous
fuscous, slightly reddish tinged ; palpi nearly five times as long
as width of eye ; grey-whitish beneath on lower half. Abdomen
and legs grey, slightly ochreous tinged beneath. Forewings
elongate triangular, costa slightly sinuate beneath apex, bowed
outwards in middle, thence oblique ; ochreous fuscous ; a faintly
indicated fuscous median band broadest on upper half, margins
waved ; anterior edge from one-third costa to one-third inner-
margin ; posterior edge from beyond two-thirds of costa to just
beyond middle of inner-margin, faintly edged with lighter
ochreous ; two fine blackish dots transversely placed at end of
cell, a curved row of ill-defined fuscous dots from five-sixths costa
53
to just before anal angle, posteriorly edged with whitish dots ; a
hindmarginal row of fuscous dots between veins ; cilia ochreous,
slightly reddish-fuscous tinged. Hindwings with hindmargin
waved ; pale greyish ochreous, fuscous tinged ; a denticulate
fuscous line from beyond middle of costa to just beyond middle
of inner-margin ; a similar parallel, less distinct, yet thicker, line
beyond ; interspace clearer greyish ochreous; hindmarginal area
suffused with ochreous fuscous ; hindmarginal dots and cilia as
in forewings. One specimen ; Gisborne, Victoria, in January.
Quite distinct from any other species of the genus that I have
met with.
TINEINA.
iEcOPHORID.E.
Phlceopola pyrocentra, n. sp.
Male, 20 mm. Head, thorax, and antennae fuscous. Antennal
ciliations one and a-half. Palpi whitish. Legs greyish, banded
with fuscous ; posterior pair wholly grey. Abdomen grey. Fore-
wings moderate, elongate, costa gently arched, hindmargin
obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, with a broad, fleshy-red, suffused,
longitudinal streak through middle of wing, becoming blotch-like
towards hindmargin ; two or three very suffused blackish spots
on upper edge, a short, fuscous streak at one-third from base,
placed on band ; cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous.
One specimen, Broken Hill, N.S.W., in April. A curious-look-
ing and distinct insect. The palpi are rather short for this
genus.
Philobota monadelta, n. sp.
Female, 25 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax orange-yellow.
Second joint of palpi externally fuscous on apical half. Thorax
with a narrow, dark-purplish-fuscous anterior band. Antennae
fuscous. Abdomen greyish. Legs greyish ; posterior pair
yellowish. Forewings elongate, moderate ; costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin oblique ; bright yellow ; a small,
irregular, dark -fuscous patch on anal angle ; cilia yellow, tips
fuscous-tinged, becoming fuscous on anal spot. Hindwings dark-
fuscous, becoming lighter towards base, hairs at base yellow ;
cilia fuscous, mixed with yellow round anal angle. One specimen
near Sydney in December (Coll. Lyell). Rather an abnormal-
looking species, recalling a large specimen of Microbela epicona,
Meyr.
PELTOPHORA (?) LEUCOPLACA, 11. Sp.
Female, 18 mm. Head and palpi snow-white, second joint of
palpi infuscated externally, especially towards base. Thorax
54
fuscous, with a large white quadrate spot on posterior half.
Antenna? and legs whitish, posterior legs ochreous. Abdomen
greyish ochreous. Forewings elongate, moderate ; costa gently
arched, apex round pointed, hindmargin obliquely rounded,
brownish ochreous ; a large snow-white blotch at base, extending
along inner-margin to about one-third, and only separated from
costa by a line of ground colour; a suffused erect white triangular
spot on inner-margin at anal angle ; a similar, but more oblique,
one from costa just before apex, nearly touching apex of previous
spot ; a small suffused, whitish spot on middle of costa ; a minute
fuscous dot in apical white spot ; cilia ochreous-brownish, median
third white. Hindwings greyish-ochreous ; cilia pale-yellowish;
underside of wings more yellowish tinged. In the present species,
which is doubtfully referred to Peltophoi-a, veins 3, 4, and 5 of
forewings are closely approximated, yet separately at base — a
rather unusual character in this group. The hindwings are
normal. The antennal pecten is not traceable, having apparently
been denuded. One specimen at Mackay, Queensland, in
December.
Orophia marmorea, n. sp.
Male, 17 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antenna? white ;
antennal ciliations two, terminal joint of palpi hardly more than
half of second. Abdomen greyish. Legs grey, posterior pair'
whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate ; costa gently arched,
apex hardly pointed, hindmargin oblique, white, markings
ochreous brown ; a narrow, somewhat indistinct costal streak,
attenuated at base ; a suffused indistinct line, commencing at
base in middle and ending just near apex, a well-defined discal
spot at one-third of this streak, a second obliquely below it ; a
moderately thick fascia from costa at apex to anal angle, strongly
indented inwards in median portion ; a row of blackish fuscous
interrupted spots along hindmargin and apical fourth of costa ;
cilia pale yellowish. Hindwings and cilia grey, cilia yellowish
tinged at base. One specimen at Mackay, Queensland, in April.
This species partakes somewhat the characters of both Saropla,
Meyr., and Orophia, Meyr., but seemingly distinct from either
by the palpi.
C.ESYRA ARGYRASPIS, H. Sp.
Female, 15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous-orange.
Legs and abdomen greyish. Forewings moderate, elongate ;
costa hardly arched, apex somewhat pointed ; hindmargin oblique,
dull-ochreous-orange, w T ith silvery-white markings ; a somewhat
broad costal streak from base to apex and right through cilia,
attenuated towards base ; three elongate, hardly connected spots
in middle of wing, first narrowly elongate, attenuated at base,
55
second and third in a direct line with first, obcordate, apices
turned towards hindmargin ; a narrow streak along inner mar-
gin, continued along hindmargin and ending immediately below
apex ; cilia ochreous-fuscous, terminal-half grey whitish. Hind-
wings greyish-fuscous ; cilia grey, basal-half fuscous. One speci-
men in November at Bulimba, Queensland. Recalls typical
species of philobota in markings.
gelechiam:.
Gelechia hemichl^exa, n. sp.
Female, 10 mm. Head and thorax whitish. Abdomen greyish.
Palpi white, terminal joint fuscous, acute. Legs greyish. An-
tennae two-thirds. Forewings narrow, apex hardly pointed,
hindmargin oblique; white; markings cloudy -fuscous ; a suffused,
inwardly-oblique, narrow fascia, reaching half across wing, space
between this and base, suffusedly-fuscous, occupying lower half
of wing, space towards hindmargin lighter fuscous ; five or six
suffused costal spots on apical third of wing, separated by small
spots of ground colour ; an irregular mark at apex ; cilia fuscous,
with a dark fuscous median line. Hindwings with termen
sinuate, light-greyish-fuscous ; cilia greyish. One specimen,
Broken Hill, in November.
Gelechia monoleuca, n. sp.
Female, 18 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax black ;
antennae somewhat serrate. Abdomen grey, posterior half black,
anal tuft whitish. Legs blackish, middle tibiie ringed with
whitish, posterior legs with tufts of white hairs at base of joints,
tibia? wholly whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa
gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded :
black, somewhat shining ; a moderate well defined snow-white
spot in middle of wing at two-thirds from base ; various minute
whitish spots along veins, scarcely perceptible ; a hindmarginal
row of minute whitish dots ; cilia black. Hindwings with
termen not sinuate, six and seven stalked, greyish, blackish
tinged, except at base ; cilia fuscous. One specimen taken at
Gosford, N.S.W. (Coll. G. Lyell, jun.)
Gelechia (?) micromela, n. sp.
Female, 10 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ;
palpi yellowish, second joint fuscous externally on basal half.
Antenna? thickened, ochreous, somewhat infuscated. Forewings
moderate, rather short, costa gently arched ; shining deep purple
blackish, without markings, seven to apex ; cilia blackish. Hind-
wings blackish, thinly scaled ; three and four long stalked, six
and seven stalked ; cilia as in forewings. Doubtfully referable
56
to Gelechia. Vein 7 can hardly be said to terminate on costa,
more correctly the apex. The stalking of veins 3 and 4 of the
hindwings would remove it from the Gelechiada altogether, but
as the species partakes very much of the facies of a Gelechia, I
place it here until I obtain more material. Superficially it
reminds one of the genus Petalanthes, one of the CEcophoridce.
One specimen ; Gisborne, Victoria.
Gelechia desmatra, n. sp.
Male, 9 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax ochreous-
whitish. Abdomen and legs fuscous. Forewings moderate ;
costa hardly arched, apex rounded, whitish ; a broad, thick,
fuscous, transverse fascia from middle of costa to middle of inner
margin, dilated on costa ; two fuscous, more or less elongate,
marks on costa beyond this ; apical fourth of wing tinged with
fuscous, and becoming darker on hindmargin, and containing a
row of small fuscous dots around apex and hindmargin ; cilia
ochreous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous. One specimen, Broken
Hill, in November.
Gelechia ombrodes, n. sp.
Male and female, 10 mm. Head snow-white, palpi white,
second joint externally golden ochreous, except apex. Antennae
fuscous, with small fine pecten. Ciliations one. Thorax golden
ochreous. Abdomen greyish. Legs ochreous brown. Forewings
snow-white ; a narrow ochreous brown fascia at base ; a broad
ochreous brown transverse fascia from three-quarters of costa to
anal angle, slightly dilated on costa and inner-margin, a light
ochreous-brown suffusion on apical portion of hindmargin, con-
tinued as a fine line along hindmargin to anal angle ; cilia
greyish ochreous, becoming darker round anal angle. Hindwings
and cilia grey. Two specimens taken at Rockhampton in middle
of November. This species will require a new genus. I have
not yet sufficient material for dissection, but the neuration of the
forewings, so far as can be made out, is as folbws : — Vein one is
extremely long furcate, in fact the fork reaches half the length
of the cell ; veins two and three are stalked, seven and eight are
stalked, seven terminating on costa. The hindwings are normal,
excepting that six and seven are extremely short stalked.
Gelechia micradelpha, n. sp.
Female, 10 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, legs, and thorax
yellow. Posterior legs with a black band on tibiae (abdomen
broken). Forewings elongate, moderate, narrow ; costa nearly
straight, hindmargin oblique, hardly sinuate beneath apex,
orange-yellow ; a small blackish spot on costa at one third from
57
base ; a broad, purplish-fuscous, hindmarginal band, occupying
one-third of wing, anterior edge darker, and slightly curved out-
wards ; a yellowish, elongate spot on costal portion of band ;
cilia fuscous, at base becoming yellowish. Hindwings with
termen sinuate, dark-fuscous ; cilia nearly one-half, fuscous. One
specimen, taken at Broken Hill, N.S.W., in November. Nearest
porphyrlotna, Lower, but differs by the smaller size, different
shaped hindmarginal band, and costal spot.
Anarsia dryinopa, n. sp.
Female, 12 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and legs
ashy-grey-whitish. Terminal joint of palpi whitish, with blackish
ante-apical band. Antennae annulated with white. Thorax
more whitish, with an apparent fuscous, median stripe. Abdomen
greyish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow ; costa gently
arched, apex pointed, hindmargin oblique ; ashy-grey-whitish,
mixed with fuscous and dark fuscous ; markings very obscure ;
three short, blackish, outwardly oblique, costal spots between
base and middle ; various black and whitish short dashes towards
hindmargin ; a blackish, crescentic mark from inner margin at
one-fourth, curved round to base beneath costa ; cilia fuscous.
Hindwings somewhat broader than forewings, termen slightly
sinuate, grey ; cilia greyish. One specimen from Broken Hill,
N.S.W., in October. Nearest inodet, Meyr., but smaller, and
differently marked ; it is not unlike Gelechia aversella, Walk.
Anarsia (?) holomela, n. sp.
Female, 10 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, antennae, palpi, and
legs blackish. Antennae two-thirds, second joint of palpi with a
dense loose triangular tuft of hairs ; terminal joint as long as
second, strongly recurved. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa
gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded,
seven and eight stalked, seven to costa, three and four stalked ;
black, with hardly perceptible scattered minute blackish spots ;
an irregular blackish hindmarginal line ; cilia light fuscous.
Hindwings fuscous, termen slightly sinuate, six and seven
stalked ; cilia about one-third, fuscous. One specimen : Broken
Hill, in June.
ARISTOTELIA (?) MONOSTROPHA, n. sp.
Female, 13 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and legs greyish; face
whitish. Antennae whitish ; ciliations one, with pecten. Second
joint of palpi not tufted. Forewings lanceolate, moderately
broad ; ochreous-brown ; a broad, somewhat suffused-white streak
from base to apex, broadest in middle, extremities attenuated ; a
dark-fuscous dot in middle, resting on lower portion of streak ;
cilia greyish. Hindwings greyish ; cilia ochreous-grey. One
58
specimen in March, Broken Hill, N.S.W. Similar in appearance
to epispila.
Aristotelia (?) epispila, n. sp.
Female, 12 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and legs greyish-
fuscous. Apex of second joint of palpi whitish. Posterior legs
grey ; abdomen broken. Forewings linear, apex pointed ; pale-
brownish ; a broad, whitish, longitudinal streak from base to
apex, occupying upper half of wing throughout ; two dark
fuscous dots, one before and one beyond middle of disc, placed
on upper edge of ground colour; some suffused fuscous spots
towards hindmargin ; cilia grey. Hindwings linear, termen
sinuate, whitish ; cilia nearly two, colour as in forewings. One
specimen, Parkside, S. Australia, in March. I am not quite
certain as to the correct location of this species ; for instance,
veins seven and eight of forewings appear to run out of six,
which is unusual in this genus.
Ypsolophus dryinodes, n. sp.
Female, 25 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, legs, and antennae
fuscous ; palpi darker-fuscous on sides ; second joint grey-
whitish above. Abdomen greyish. Forewings moderate ; costa
gently arched, hindmargin oblique ; fuscous, with innumerable,
darker-fuscous, minute dots, more pronounced along costa and
veins towards hindmargin, where they appear in longitudinal
rows ; there also appears to be three oblique, transverse rows of
similar spots from one-fourth of costa to about one-fourth inner
margin ; one from middle of costa to before middle of inner
margin ; another from near three-fourths of costa to beyond
middle of inner-margin ; veins two and three stalked ; cilia
reddish-fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous. Three specimens
at Brisbane in December.
ElJTORNA (?) NIPHODES, n. sp.
Female, 10mm. Head, antennae, palpi, and thorax white;
second joint of palpi infuscated beneath. Abdomen grey-
whitish. Forewings linear, apex pointed ; white, tinged with
ochreous towards apical third; a black dot in disc at one -third,
another obliquely beyond and below ; a third, larger, in middle
of disc at two-thirds ; a row of three or four black dots along
apical fourth of costa ; an obscure blackish dot at anal angle.
Hindwings grey; cilia three, whitish. One specimen, Gisborne(?),
Victoria, in March.
EUTORXA STRATIMERA, 11. sp.
Male, 12 mm. Head, antennae, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and
legs dark fuscous ; antennae biserrate, very shortly ciliated ; hairs
59
of upper portion of second joint of palpi white. Forewings
linear, apex pointed ; dark ashy-grey-whitish ; a narrow whitish
line along costa from base to apex, finely attenuated along apical
three-fifths ; extreme edge of costa black at base ; cilia fuscous.
Hind wings fuscous ; cilia one and a half ; greyish-fuscous. One
specimen, Belair, S. Australia, in November.
Cleodora eumela, n. sp.
Female, 12 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, abdomen, antenna?, and
legs black ; second joint of palpi with a dense projecting tuft,
terminal as long as second, recurved. Forewings moderate^
elongate ; costa gently arched, apex hardly pointed ; hindmargin
oblique, seven and eight to costa ; black, with faint indications
of a few blackish scattered dots in disc and along hindmargin ;
cilia fuscous-grey. Hindwings slightly sinuate beneath apex ;
blackish, becoming lighter towards base ; cilia as in forewings.
One specimen from Stawel], Victoria, in December.
POGONIAS (?) LEUCOMA, n. Sp.
10 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax snow-white. Antenn.-e
fuscous, white at base. Abdomen and legs greyish. Forewings
narrow ; costa nearly straight, apex hardly pointed, fuscous ; a
broad, suffused-white, longitudinal streak from base to middle,
thence curved up to costa near apex, sharply defined on basal
half, somewhat suffused beyond ; a small, elongate, blackish
mark in sinuation of white streak ; cilia greyish-fuscous. Hind-
wings narrow, fuscous ; cilia three, greyish-fuscous. One speci-
men at light, Mackay, Queensland, in August.
Pogonias capnopa, Lower.
In my original description, the abdomen of this species was
not described. Having obtained an additional specimen, I am
enabled to complete the same. The description should read : — -
" Abdomen fuscous, ochreous in middle." The cilia of the hind-
wings have an ochreous tinge in the specimen before me, which I
captured at Broken Hill, N.S.W., in April.
PLUTELLID^E.
Plutella ochroneura, n. sp.
Female, 16 mm. Head, thorax, antennae, palpi, and legs
ochreous-white. Abdomen greyish. Forewings rather narrow ;
costa gently arched, apex pointed, whitish ; all veins outlined
with pale-ochreous-yellow, giving the appearance of being
ochreous-white ; cilia ochreous, at apex becoming ochreous-white.
Hindwings lanceolate-linear, whitish ; cilia two and a-half,
whitish. One specimen, Semaphore, S.A., in November.
60
TINEID.E.
Erechthias polyspila, n. sp.
Male, 8-10 mm. Head black, face and crown white ; palpi,
thorax, and antennae blackish ; second joint of palpi whitish
above. Legs fuscous, posterior pair greyish. Fore wings linear,
apex pointed, dark fuscous, with whitish markings ; a short
straight, fine streak from base in middle to one-sixth ; a similar
shorter, but somewhat thicker one, immediately following, but
slightly above ; a fine streak along inner-margin from base to
anal angle, finely attenuated on posterior third ; a fine irregular
oblique fascia from just before three-fourths of costa to anal
angle, touching end of preceding streak ; a rather thick short
fascia from costa just before apex, reaching about half across
wing ; a round black spot at apex, encircled by dull whitish ;
cilia fuscous, whitish at base, and with a blackish median line.
Hindwings and cilia fuscous. One specimen, Parkside, S. Aus-
tralia, in October.
61
Notes on the Glacial Features of the
Inman Valley, Yankalilla, and Cape
Jervis District.
By Prof. T. E. W. David, B.A., F.G.S., and
W. Howchin, F.G.S.
[Read June 1, 1897].
In 1859 Mr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn, Government Geologist of
Victoria, made a hurried, but extensive geological tour in this
colony by request of the South Australian Government. In his
official report he says : — "At one point, in the bed of the Inman,
I observed a smooth, striated, and grooved rock surface, pre-
senting every indication of glacial action. . . . This is the
first and only instance of the kind I have met with in Australia,
and it at once attracted my attention." This glacial pavement
was not subsequently observed till rediscovered by the authors of
this paper and Mr. C. C. Brittlebank in March last. The journey
was undertaken with the express object of investigating the
glacial features of the neighborhood, with the result that the
investigators are much impressed with the clearness of the
glacial evidences, as well as their magnitude. It is not intended
in the present paper to give a detailed description of the
observations made (that will take the form of a Report from
the Glacial Committee to the Australian Association for the
Advancement of Science), but it was thought desirable to give
an early and local statement of some of the leading facts which
have been obtained on this subject.
On leaving Port Victor by the Inman Valley road, about one
and a-half miles from the township, numerous large blocks of
granite are seen in the paddocks on the left hand side of the road.
Similar erratics can be noted on the hillsides bordering the road
almost the entire length of the valley to Norman ville.
In the bed of the Inman, a little west of the seventh mile-
post from Port Victor, a very fine exposure of a polished ice-
pavement occurs. It is situated on the North side of the stream,
within the limits of the flood-waters, and passes under a bank of
recent river silt. There is a continuous, highly-polished floor,
measuring 20 ft. by 6 ft., with a surface slightly sloping towards
the stream. It is deeply grooved and striated, the stria? having
a direction of W. 9J-° N., conforming to the general trend of the
valley. The stone which has taken the polish is a hard, dark-
62
colored quartzite, very favorable for recording the effects of
ice-action. This exposure must take rank as the finest example
of a glacially-polished rock known within the limits of Aus-
tralia. Most likely it is the identical example discovered by
Selwyn 38 years ago, and may appropriately be called " Selwyn's
Rock." A few yards higher up the stream, in a wash-away on
its Southern bank, another polished surface of smaller extent is
seen. The striae are in the same direction as on the larger face,
and cross the bed of the stream diagonally. The only other
places where striated rock was noticed was in a tributary of the
Bungala River, near its source on the Western side of the Bald
Hills, about four miles from Yankalilla, where two small patches,
a foot or two square, with overlying drift, were seen. Here also
the glaciated rock is a highly siliceous quartzite, similar to the
large polished surface in the Inman, and the stria? show the same
general direction.
On the rising ground above the glaciated floor (already
described), near the seventh mile-stone, there are immense blocks
and groupings of granite boulders scattered over the sides of the
hill. Some of these are so massive that at first sight they look
like rocks in situ. Close by, a mountain torrent has cut its way
through a bed of drift, studded with glaciated stones at an alti-
tude of about 100 ft. above the glacial floor in the bed of the
river.
From this point, for several miles up stream, the glacial drift
is seen at intervals in the banks of the river. Its general feature
is a soft sand rock carrying glaciated stones, and in places is
seen to rest on a dark-colored arenaceous clay with few stones.
In some instances the sand rock is considerably indurated and
carries beds of conglomerate irregularly distributed. Several
readings of these drift beds gave a dip of about 7° to E.S.E.
Between the ninth and tenth mileposts large granite boulders
a,re extremely common in the Inman, in some places almost
choking the bed of the river. One hundred large examples were
counted in the distance of a hundred yards. Blocks of granite
were measured equalling ten, eleven, and twelve feet in their
longer diameters.
In the upper reaches of the Inman the erratics are fewer in
number, and the glacial drift occurs as a soft, bluish-black clay,
which is more or less sandy in composition.
About 15 miles from Port Victor the Bald Hills watershed
crosses the valley transversely, cutting off the eastern (i.e., the
Inman and Back Valley) drainage, which finds its outlet at Port
Victor; from the western (i.e., the Bungala and Yankalilla River
systems), which flow into Gulf St. Vincent. The road crosses the
watershed at a height of 640 ft. above sea level. The ice has
63
crossed this barrier in its passage westward, leaving abundant
evidences of its former existence by thick deposits of drift and
glaciated stones on the summit of the range, with drift beds,
numerous erratics, and the polished rock surfaces already referred
to on the western or further flanks of the watershed. At the
summit of the Bald Hills the soil is deep and remarkably dark in
colour, more like a marsh soil than what usually occurs on the
crest of a hill. This "rich black soil of the Bald Hills" attracted
Selwyn's attention, but he was unable to account for it. It is
not unlikely to have been derived from a similar deposit as the
bluish black glacial drift, which has a considerable development
in the Inman Valley.
Time prevented a close examination of the lower levels of the
Bungala Valley, which near Yankalilla are largely obscured by
recent river wash, but glaciated erratics were observed on the
hills two miles north of Norman ville at a height of about 200 ft.
above sea level.
Taking advantage of the Easter holidays, one of us returned to
the district for further investigations. The Bald Hills watershed
was explored to the northward of the main road, when granitic
and other erratics were found scattered over Mr. J. R. Kelly's
fields near the crest of the hills, some of them being facetted and
scratched.
A high ridge runs up the centre of the main east and west
valley between Port Victor and Normanville, separating the
Inman Valley from the Back Valley. At a point about seven
and a half miles from Yankalilla a district road was followed,
which passes over this central ridge. Erratics were seen at inter-
vals on the rise, some of considerable size; and a granite boulder
three feet in diameter was noted close to the road near the crest of
the hill. As near as could be judged, in the absence of an aneroid,
this ridge is about 500 ft. above the bed of the Inman, and about
100 ft. above the greatest height of road that passes over the
Bald Hills. After passing the crest of the hill, the ground drops
about 100ft., and the road continues along the crest of a lower
range, which has a trend of S.S.E. and N.N.W. On this range
there are two road cuttings, each about 100 yards in extent,
showing soft yellow sandstones, unstratified, but contorted.
Dark-coloured argillaceous bands run most irregularly through
the stone, sometimes forming loops. No stones were seen in the
sandstone itself, but several striated stones were picked up loose
in the cutting. About a quarter of a mile beyond the second
cutting a stony patch is exposed on the northern side of the road
on the slope of the hill, many of ths stones showing glacial
features. The bed of the Back Valley Creek is much silted, and
only two small patches of the yellow sandstone similar to the
64
sandy glacial drift of the Inman were noticed in the bed of the-
stream. It was in this valley that the three bores of the Victor
Harbour Coal Company were put down, passing through sand-
stones, shales, and boulder beds to a depth of 964 feet before
the old rocks were touched.
The most remarkable section of glacial drift discovered in the
district was in the Government Quarry in Woods Creek, a
tributary of the Bungala, and situated about a mile from the
centre of the township of Yankalilla. It is a white, yellow, and
grey sandstone, soft near the surface, but passing down to very
strong posts in the bottom of the quarry, which can only be won
by blasting. The stone is much jointed and appears to dip at
20° to N.N.W. There is a vertical exposure of about 50 feet,
and the quarry has been opened for a distance of about 150
yards. The appearance of the face is very remarkable. Large
and small erratics are plentifully distributed throughout its
entire thickness, granite being very conspicuous, but mostly
rotten. One of the latter fragments was noticed that measured
18 in. by 10 in. The included stones, where not decomposed, are
for the most part glacially smoothed or striated. The quarry has
been used for years as a supply for road metal, and has made
Yankalilla and neighbourhood famous for its good roads. In the
creek, close by, the drift is seen to rest unconformably on quartzite
thickly penetrated with a network of syenitic and other igneous
veins. No polished pavement at the line of junction was
visible.
On the road between Yankalilla and Cape Jervis proofs of
glacial action were seen in two places. About nine miles from
Yankalilla, in a cutting of the road on the eastern side, a sub-
angular erratic of red quartzite measuring 18 in. by 11 in. lies
near the top of the bank. The stone is very highly polished and
striated, and close to it is a sharply angular grey quartzite of
larger size, but not showing glaciation on the faces exposed.
Estimated height above the sea, 300 feet.
On the south side of Fowler's Hill, just past the 59th milepost
from Adelaide (13 miles from Yankalilla), a section of glacial
drift with striated pebbles is exposed in a road cutting. The
drift occurs on the eastern side as a pocket 33 yards long and
12 feet high, enclosed within calcareous shale. Erratics are
numerous, the largest observed being a greenish quartzite 12 in.
by 6 in., exhibiting striae. Estimated height above level of sea,
500 feet.
At Cape Jervis there is the most extensive development of
glacial Till that has been up to the present observed in South
Australia. The morainic material occupies the background to
the lighthouse in crescent-shaped hills more than a hundred feet.
65
high. Large single erratics, as well as groups up to 30 in number,
can be seen on the hillsides, and where a wash has occurred the
glaciated stones can be picked up in great numbers. Amongst
these, rounded quartz pebbles are conspicuous and in nearly every
case show polished faces. Amongst the larger erratics granite
boulders are the most common, and are associated with a few
quartzites, one of which measured 7 ft. 6 in. by 3 ft. 9 in.,
exposed above the Till, in which it is partially buried. On the
hillsides above the lighthouse (where these large boulders have
been weathered out) the sloping ground is well grassed, which
obscures much of the glacial features ; but the Till bed follows
the northern trend of the coast line, exhibiting a steep and bare
cliff face of the most instructive character. It is here seen that
the bed is a true unstratified Till crowded with travelled stones,
mostly ice-marked. A complete section is visible of a great Till
bed of over 100 feet in thickness, resting unconformably on a
floor of paleozoic rocks, and capped by variegated (? Miocene)
clays and a superficial travertine crust. The bed-rock is soft and
much decomposed, and therefore unsuitable for receiving or re-
taining a glacial face. The glacial outcrop was tra3ed along the
line of cliffs for about three-quarters of a mile without reaching
its termination.
Observations made from the top of the coach, on the return
journey from Yankalilla to Adelaide, it seems highly prob-
able that the glacial sandstone extends for about ten miles
from Yankalilla in that direction, as evidenced by (a) the road
metal ; (6) on top- of hill above Wattle Flat (44 miles from Ade-
laide) the yellow sandstone characteristic of the glacial beds of
the locality outcrops by the roadside ; (c) on hill north side of
Wattle Flat Post Office what appears to be a Till with stones is
exposed in road-cutting; (d) and at 41 \ miles from Adelaide
this (?) glacial sandstone is once more seen in outcrop by the
roadside.
These observations require to be confirmed by a closer examina-
tion of the country, but it seems probable that the glaciation had
its Northern limits determined by the lofty Sellick's Hill Range.
General Deductions.
1. The stratigraphical features of the glacial beds of the dis-
trict have been but imperfectly traced, but they appear to be
devisable into two well-marked lithological types —
(a) An unstratified Till, of a dark color, more or less arenaceous,
either with or without glaciated stones.
(b) Yellow and grey sandstones and conglomerates varying
from a soft, friable sand-rock to a hard, siliceous sandstone, which,
in the latter case, is extensively jointed. These sandstones are
66
mostly destitute of stratification, and generally contain erratics.
Even where no stones can be seen in the face, striated stones are
almost invariably found on the surface of outcrop as though
weathered out from the bed.
The borings put down by the Port Victor Coal Prospecting
Company in the Back Valley show throughout their entire depth
alternating dark arenaceous mudstones with sandstones and
boulder beds similar to those observed at the surface. The con-
tinuity of the glacial beds to the 960 ft. depth, as proved by
bores, seems beyond doubt. This gives a thickness approxi-
mately of 1,500 ft. of glacial deposits in the Back Valley.
[The association of Till beds intercalated with yellow sand-
stones, as described above, offers a close analogy with the Bacchus
Marsh series of Victoria.]
2. The very wide area over which glacial features have now
been proved to exist leads to the conclusion that the greater part
of the Cape Jervis Peninsula, with Port Victor and Normanville
(or even Myponga) as the base of the triangle, has been visited
by ice, an area of more than 300 square miles.
3. The direction of the striae, as well as the distribution of the
transported material, point to the region of the Southern coast,
from Port Elliot to Kangaroo Island, or even much further into
the Southern Ocean, as the probable centre of dispersion. Blocks
of Port Victor granite can be traced as far North as Hallett's
Cove. The direction in which the ice travelled was therefore in
opposition to the present drainage of the land, which is, generally
speaking, from North to South.
4. In the present stage of our observations it is a little difficult
to say definitely what form the ice took in this extensive glacia-
tion. Was it in the form of glaciers, icebergs, or coast ice 1
Many of the phenomena seem best explained by the supposition
of land ice as the agent — such as the great extent of polished
rock surfaces [as at Hallett's Cove], the depth and uniform
direction of the striae, and the great number of scratched and
facetted stones contained in the drift. If the ice was in the
form of glaciers, it would require a great extent of highlands to
the South, sufficient to form vast snowfields, from which tongues
of ice radiated. The transported material being essentially local
in its origin, is not likely to have been carried by icebergs, so
that the only alternative is that of ice-floes or coast-ice being the
transporting agent. On this theory the Bald Hills, which are
now 600 or 700 feet above sea level, and are capped with glacial
drift, must at the time of glaciation have been at or below sea
level. When the locality has been more thoroughly examined,
it is not unlikely that evidences will be found that will set this
question at rest.
67
5. The presence of variegated (? Miocene) clays and travertine
as a capping to the Till at Cape Jervis, although in the absence
of fossils cannot be taken as conclusive, seems to point, like the
Hallett's Cove section, to a Pre-Miocene age of the glaciation.
6. The additions to our knowledge of this important period of
glaciation in Southern Australia tend to confirm the opinion
already expressed by us elsewhere,* that the South Australian
glaciation was synchronous with the great Victorian glaciation
of Permp-Carboniferous age. No palseontological proofs of this
have been obtained in the drift beds of this colony, but the
lithological characteristics of the South Australian drift agree
very closely with the Victorian beds ; whilst the great changes
that have taken place in the physical features of the country
since the ice age, may well draw upon a period of time for their
accomplishment equal to that which separates the Permo-
Carboniferous age from the present.
Thanks are due to Mr. F. G. Raymond, of Yankalilla, by whose
valuable assistance our work was greatly facilitated in examining
the Yankalilla and Cape Jervis Districts.
Aus. Asso. Adv. Science, vol. VI., p. 318.
68
On Evidences of Glaciation in Central
Australia.
By Professor Ralph Tate.
[Read June 1, 1897.]
In the " Geology of the Horn Expedition," vol. II., p. 72,
there is described a section of Yellow Cliff, at the south-east
bend of the River Finke, near Crown Point Head Station. The
chief feature presented by that section is the tumultuously-
bedded material, many of the included pebbles, which range up
to two feet cube, are standing on end, some of the pebbles are,
moreover, sub-angular, smooth, and striated. When on the out-
ward journey, this section was closely studied, and partly in the
company of Professor Spencer,* to whom I announced my opinion
that some of the pebbles evidenced glaciation. However, as I
failed to recognise any similar signs of glaciation or co-ordinate
phenomenon during the rest of our exploration, I, on my return
to Yellow Cliff, and after a brief re-examination of the pebbles,
attributed the striation of the pebbles to bedding-lines.
Professor Spencer, during the early part of this year, collected
pebbles from this section, which Professor David informs me are
undoubtedly glaciated, and thus confirms my first impression as
to the nature of their surface-sculpture.
The occurrence of large boulders on the north side of Cun-
ningham Gap, described by East (Trans. Roy. Soc, vol. XII., p.
44), may therefore be explained as ice-borne.
Date of Glaciation. — Cunningham Gap is a short north and
south transverse gorge in a mural line of cliff, which is consti-
tuted of the following strata, as determined by me in the tabular
mass cf it known as Crown Point: — "Desert Sandstone" in
three horizontal bands, about 50 feet, resting on false-bedded
friable felspathic sandstone and purple hard sandy clays dipping
south at about 50°. These latter are probably decomposed
Archaean-rocks, such as those described by East (op. cit., p. 45)
at Polly Springs, about 20 miles to the north.
The formation of Cunningham Gap is of course posterior to the
deposition of the Desert Sandstone and its subsequent structural
alteration, and thus inferentially is that of the accumulation of
the glacial-debris at Yellow Cliff. Moreover, pebbles of Desert
Sandstone occur in large proportion in the debris, and these are
readily distinguishable from the Ordovician quartzites or the
Archaean glassy quartzites which occur in the Macdonnell
Ranges.
* My coadjutor, Mr. A. Watt, in the Department of Geology, had not
the opportunity of studying this section.
FEB l^
1899
69
A List of Plants Collected by the Calvert
Expedition.
By Professor Ralph Tate.
[Read July 6, 1897.]
The collection of plants under review is supplemental to the
main gathering made by the naturalist to the Expedition (Mr.
Keartland) which was abandoned at Joanna Springs. It was
made between December 22, 1896, and March 17, 1897; firstly
whilst stationed at the junction of the Fitzroy River and
Margaret Creek, about 150 miles from Derby ; and secondly,
whilst on the search for his missing colleagues, embracing 100
miles down the Fitzroy, thence south to near Joanna Springs,
and thence to Derby.
The collection comprises about 100 species, but about a moiety
of them is represented by foliage, though of the latter a few admit
of assignment to specific denomination.
The facies is that of the Eremian botanical province, largely
comprised of Indo- Australian species, such as prevails over the
table-land skirting the littoral tracts of North- Western Aus-
tralia.
The region botanically explored by Mr. Keartland has been
somewhat extensively reported upon by the late Baron Mueller
through the collections made by himself, Mr. F. Gregory, Sir
John Forrest, and lately by Mr. Tepper (" Plants of Roebuck
Bay") in Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aust., 1892.
Rare or previously unrecorded species are the following: —
Capparis umbonata, Hibiscus panduriformis, Polycarpcea
violacea, Trichinium arthrolasium, Gomphrena affinis, G.
Brownii, Cassia concinna, Indigo/era viscosa, Neptunia gracilis,
Acacia suberosa, A. dineura, Melaleuca lasiandra, Gardenia
Keartlandi, n.sp., Tragus racemosus, Perotisrara, and Andropogon
gryllus.
Of the various collections made from this region it is note-
worthy how few are the species in common, and though the
greatest number enumerated in any one collection does not
exceed 250, yet in the aggregate the flora numbers over 600.
Capparidece. — Cleome viscosa. Capparis umbonata.
Violacea. — Hybanthus suffruticosum. 4
Zygophyllece. — Tribulus terrestris,
Malvaceae. — Abutilon otocarpum."lj ^^nicrochlsenus, H.
>sum.^«4 _^
sJ^SolamldrfT
Hibiscus microc
70
panduriformis. Gossypium australe. Adansonia Gregorii ;
fruit five inches long and four inches diameter.
Sterculiacece. — Brachy chiton Gregorii. Seringea integrifolia.
TiliacecB. — Corchorus vermicularis, C. sidoides. Triumfetta
chsetocarpa.
Euphorbiacece. — Euphorbia Drummondii, E. alsinseflora.
Petalostigma quadriloculare.
Sapindacece. — Atalaya hemiglauca.
Caryophyllece. — Polycarpsea violacea ; a stouter plant than
usual, and densely fasiciled at the nodes.
Amarantacece. — Gomphrena flaccida, G. affinis, G. Brownii.
Ptilotus arthrolasius ; this species was collected by Sir John
Forrest, but as yet unrecorded, so I am informed by the Curator
of the National Herbarium, Melbourne.
Salsolacece. — Enchykena tomentosa.
Ficoidece. — Trianthema pilosa.
Phytolaccece. — Codonocarpus cotonifolius.
Nyctaginecs. — Boerhaavia diffusa.
Leguminosce. — Crotolaria Cunninghami. Indigofera viscosa.
Tephrosia purpurea. Abrus precatorius. Cassia concinna.
Bauhinia Leichhardtii. Neptunia gracilis. Acacia dineura, A.
tumida, A. stipuligera, A suberosa.
Combretacece. — Gyrocarpus Americanus.
Myrtacece. — Melaleuca leucodendron, M. lasiandra. Eucalyp-
tus terminalis. Barringtonia acutangula.
Santalacea. — Santalum lanceolatum.
Proteacece. — Grevillea refracta. Hakea macrocarpa.
Cucurbitacece. — Cucumis trigonus. Mukia scabrella.
Rubiacecs. — Gardenia Keartlandi, Tate.
Shrubby, branchlets thick, the young shoots resinous (the
resin collecting as small drops of a clear amber color). Leaves
shortly petiolate, oval-oblong, obtuse at both ends, coriaceous,
penni nerved and reticulate, not exceeding one and a-half inches
long, glabrous. Flowers white, terminal, solitary, shortly pedi-
cellate, sweet-smelling. Calyx-limb shortly tubular-campanulate,
with six, linear-obtuse lobes (two a little longer and wider than
the others) ; calyx-tube about as long as the lobes (about 4 mm.),
not ribbed. Corolla-tube nearly one inch long (23 mm.), slightly
dilated upwards ; lobes six, oblong, about half-length of tube.
Fruit globulose to ovoid-globular, about one inch diameter (25
mm.), crowned by the base of the calyx-tube ; endocarp dense,
hard, cartilaginous, 2 mm. thick ; the rind dry and thin, at least
in the dried specimens ; placentas three.
One flower only (which has not been dissected), six ripe fruits.
Fitzroy River, Calvert Exploring Expedition.
This new species differs from its Australian congeners with
71
similar calyces in the young shoots being resinous, not pubescent ;
and from those with resinous shoots by its deeply toothed calyx.
It would appear from description that it approximates in general
characters to G. pyriformis on the one hand and to G. resinosa
on the other.
Convolvulacece. — Ipomcea heterophylla.
Solanacece. — Solanum echinatum.
Bignoniacece. — Dolichandrone heterophylla ; leaves pinnate of
three pairs, leaflets oblong-oval up to one and a-half inches long.
Scrophularinece. — Herpestis floribundus.
AsperifolicE. — Halgania solanacea.
Commelinece. — Commelina ensif olia.
Grajninece. — Panicum decompositum, P. pauciflorum. Perotis
rara. Tragus racemosus. Andropogon gryllus. Aristida arenaria.
Eriachne obtusa. Cynodon tenellus. Sporobolus virginicus, var.
pallidus. Eragrostis tenella ; E. chsetophylla.
72
Anthropological Notes relating to the
Aborigines of the Lower North of South
Australia.
By J. Harris Browne.
[Read August 3, 1897.]
Method of Cooking Cress (Lepidium ruderale) and of
Steaming Rushes (Juncus sp.) for Fibre.
A circular hole was dug in the ground, two feet deep by three
feet diameter, and into the bottom of the hole large pebbles were
placed ; a fire was kindled and kept burning until the stones were
red hot. The embers were then taken out and sticks laid across
the hole ; on these a layer of reeds or damp grass was placed, and
on them the cress in concentric layers, the root-ends to the out-
side ; over the cress another layer of grass was laid and more
grass round the outside of the heap. A " yam stick " was then
thrust through the heap from the top, and when withdrawn
water was poured down the hole thus made ; this reaching the
hot stones, came up in steam that permeated the whole heap,
more water being added from time to time when necessary. In
about an hour the cress was well cooked, and the oven ready for
another fire as before.
Rushes were steamed in the same manner. They were kept
warm in the heap, and taken two at a time by the women and
chewed from end to end to break up the pith ; they were then
allowed to dry, when the pith was separated from the fibre by
combing it with the fingers. The fibre was then rolled up into
twine, by the men, by twirling it with the hand on the naked
thigh. The twine thus made was used for making nets for fishing
and for catching emu and kangaroo ; for the latter the twine was
about the thickness of " sash cord."
The chewing process was a very severe task for the women, and
while still young their splendid teeth were worn down to the
gums.
On a Method of Obtaining Game.
The grassy substance, the leaves and stems of Xerotes effusa,
was used by the natives of the plains of the lower north for the
purpose of suffocating kangaroo rats (bokra) in their burrows.
The bokra afforded their chief supply of animal food at all times,
but more especially during the summer months ; and their skins,
made into rugs, formed the only clothing they possessed. The
73
bokras lived in families, as many as 20 individuals in one burrow.
Each burrow had several inlets, all of them converging to a
central chamber, and from that chamber tunnels ran off in all
directions, each one being the private residence of a family.
A burrow having being found that showed by the tracks of the
animals that it was well inhabited, the native proceeded to stop
up all the holes, except one on the windward side. Into the out-
let opposite to and farthest from this he puts, before filling it up,
a yam stick or tuft of grass. Into the open hole he then placed
lengthwise a handful of the stems and leaves of this plant, set
fire to it, and sat down to fan the smoke into the burrow, the fan
being either an owl's wing or a bokra's skin sewn on to a forked
stick.
The smoking process took from 15 to 20 minutes. When
the native thought there was smoke enough in the burrow, he
went to the opposite hole into w T hich he had inserted the yam
stick or tufts of grass, and if, on removing it, smoke came out
freely, he knew there was enough. He then stopped up the fire
hole, and, crouching down on the top of the burrow, he listened
intently for the movements, coughing or sneezing, of the bokras,
making marks on the ground where the sounds indicated the
situation of the animals in their last dying struggle. This was
often near the outlets of the burrow. When all was quiet, the
native opened the outlets at the marked spots and took out all
the animals within his reach. If there were not as many as he
wanted, he sunk a hole down into the centre of the burrow to get
at those that had died in the central chamber.
The hole sunk was about two feet in diameter, quite circular,
and often four or five feet deep. Its object was to reach the
point to where the different openings and tunnels converged.
The tools used were a yam stick and a wooden tray or shovel
eight or nine inches long by six or seven inches wide. When the
hole was about 15 inches deep, the native got into it, loosening
the earth between his legs with the yam stick, and threw it out
over his shoulders with the shovel. It required about an hour to
sink a hole four feet deep. I once saw eleven bokra taken out of
one burrow, six from the outlet holes and five from the bottom of
the shaft. A full-grown bokra weighs as much as an average-
sized rabbit.
On the Occurrence of Lower Cambrian
Fossils in the Mount Lofty Ranges.
By Walter Howchin, RG.S.
[Read August 3, 1897.]
For the past fifty years the stratigraphical position of the
Mount Lofty Eanges has been one of the most difficult, yet in-
teresting, problems in South Australian geology. A great ram-
part of rock, nearly 500 miles in its longer axis, its western
members composed of thick argillites, quartzites, siliceous lime-
stones and marbles ; and its easterly flanks passing into crystal-
line schists and great igneous intrusions, presents a bold
physiographical, as well as geological, contrast to the horizontal
beds which have gathered around its base. These serried heights
form the most conspicuous and extensive feature in our local
geology, and yet they have persistently held the secret of their
age. With two doubtful exceptions (quoted by the late Tenison
Woods) the most diligent search had failed to secure the faintest
palaeontological remains ; they were consequently regarded as
azoic and early observers classified them variously as older
Palaeozoic, or otherwise, Pre-Cambrian or Archaean.
The discovery in 1879 of a sub-crystalline limestone containing
fossils of Lower Cambrian age, resting unconformably on a Pre-
Cambrian series on Yorke's Peninsula, was regarded as important
analogical evidence that the Mount Lofty formations were of
Pre-Cambrian age, and from the date of the discovery mentioned
the Mount Lofty Ranges have been generally classified as
Archaean. Discoveries have been recently made, however, in
these so-called Archaean rocks which have an important bearing
on this subject, and on the most convincing evidence determines
the basal beds of the Mount Lofty Ranges to be in part, if not
wholly, of Lower Cambrian age. The locality where the Cambrian
fossils were first observed was
NORMANVILLE.
It is to Professor T. W. Edgeworth David, of Sydney, that the
credit of a quickened interest in these old rocks is due. During
the past nine months he has sectioned for microscopical examina-
tion a great number of fragments of siliceous limestones and
cherty nodules belonging to this series, and in a sample of black
marble from Normanville he detected the remains of small
organisms, which he supposed to be pteropods. In March last
when Prof. David, Mr. C. C. Brittlebank of Victoria, and the
75
present writer were examining the glacial features of Inman
Valley, opportunity was found to visit the outcrop from whence
this interesting specimen had been obtained, with the result that
Archoeocyathince remains were discovered in the associated marbles.
Prof. David was the first to recognise their occurrence on the
weathered surface of the stone, and when once noted additional
examples were soon found.
The locality where these remains were discovered is about three
miles north of the Normanville Hotel, in a valley opening out to
the sea, from which it is distant about half a mile. The place is
easily fixed by the old Wheal Mary silver-lead mine, several dis-
used shafts being on the immediate ground where the fossils were
first discovered. The fossils are not very plentiful, so far as
could be judged from the weathered surfaces of the limestone,
and appear to run in narrow fossiliferous zones in the direction
of the line of strike, such zones being repeated over a consider-
able width of outcrop. One of these coralline belts crosses the
valley obliquely, passing very near one of the old mining shafts.
At Easter T was able to make a second visit to the spot when
the fossiliferous belt was followed along a parallel line to previous
observations, still further to the north-west, passing through the
next lateral valley for a distance of a quarter of a mile when it
was lost to view beneath a thick crust of travertine which
covered the crest of the hill.
The fossiliferous beds form part of a very thick series of
marbles, limestones, and calcareous shales which exhibit a close
stratigraphical and lithological correspondence with the Sellick's
Hill beds, to be referred to presently. Their outcrops form steep
and rugged hills with only a slight amount of soil on their pre-
cipitous sides. The most characteristic lithological feature is a
grey streaky cryptocrystalline marble which occasionally changes
into a coal-black variety, and more rarely to a mottled red colour.
Strings of arenaceous and ferruginous material more or less pene-
trate the limestones in irregular reticulating lines which stand in
relief on the weathered surfaces. This heterogeneity of composi-
tion is unfortunate, in that it detracts from the value of the
marble as an ornamental stone. The Archceocyathince are found
in the grey marble, and are often difficult to distinguish from the
matrix in which they are imbedded. It is highly probable that
in some portions of the stone the organic remains have been
obliterated by the metamorphic action that has converted the
limestone into marble. The fossils occur in every stage of de-
finiteness, and in many cases only the faintest evidences of
organic structure has been preserved, the outlines shading off into
the amorphous matrix.
The beds show a high angle of dip. In the Wheal Mary shaft,
as seen from the surface, the dip reading was 65° W. 5° S. About
7G
300 yards further up the valley the angle of dip increased to 81°
with a due W. direction, and a little higher up again it was found
to be 75° in a W.N.W. direction. In a gully about half a mile
to the South-West the dip was taken by Mr. Brittlebank at 85°
to the N.W.
Sellick's Hill.
In continuation of these researches, last month I visited
Sellick's Hill, situated 32 miles to the South of Adelaide, with
the hope of finding Cambrian fossils in the neighbourhood, the
locality being in the line of strike of the Cambrian limestones of
Normanville. The result exceeded my most sanguine expecta-
tions. Not only was the fossiliferous horizon easily discovered,
but it proved to be much richer in organic remains than the out-
crop at Norman ville. The principal coralline belt is literally
crowded with the remains of Archcnocyathince throughout a
vertical section of not less than 100 feet, and was traced in a
continuous outcrop of equal richness and thickness for a distance of
eight and a-half miles in a North-East and South- West direction.
The main road, in the gradient of Sellick's Hill, passes over
the exposed beds nearly at right angles to the line of strike, and
in a distance of about a mile and a-half rises to a height of 1,200
feet above sea level. The road cuttings therefore afford excellent
sections of the geological features. The beds are much folded
and crushed, exhibiting throughout a high angle of dip. These
beds can be naturally divided on lithological grounds into three
very distinct groups, which, in ascending order, are as follows :
— Argillites, Limestones, and Quartzites.
In the following Sketch and Table will be found the leading
features of the series as exposed in the road cuttings.
NW
•QUARTZITES
CALCAREOUS
"'argillites PLIOCENE
Section of Sellick's Hill.
Distance — One-and-a-quarter Miles,
I. Quartzites. — These occupy the higher elevations of the
Ranges and are of great thickness, but sub-divided for the most
77
part into numerous thin beds. The stone is fine-grained and
light-colored, and, where seen from a distance, its blanched boul-
ders present the appearance of a limestone outcrop. The beds
are folded into acute anticlinal and synclinal curves, the major
anticlinal being about 500 yards in diameter where intersected
by the road. The strike of the beds is E.N.E. and W.S.W.
Dip S.S.E., nearly vertical.
II. Calcareous Group, including the following sub-divisions —
(a) Crystalline Marbles. — Near a sharp elbow of the road
white and cream colored marbles are seen to rise
from beneath the quartzites. These light colored,
saccharoid marbles have a close resemblance to the
" Ardrossan Marbles " of Yorke's Peninsula.
(b) Earthy Shales. — For the distance of half a mile the
road runs closer to the line of strike, and passes
obliquely over a succession of alternating earthy
shales and limestones, the latter varying from a blue
siliceous limestone to an earthy, flaggy limestone.
Where the laminated earthy shales attain any con-
siderable thickness they are generally crushed and
flexured.
,(c) Black Impure Limestone, with much earthy matter
irregularly distributed throughout the mass, the
siliceous portions weathering into brown patches and
streaks on the face of the stone.
(d) Flaggy limestones. Dark-coloured limestones and earthy
partings, regularly alternating in bands about one
inch in their respective thickness. Outcrop serrated
and very distinctive. Estimated thickness, 500 feet.
Is persistent over many miles of outcrop. Dip, 70°
to 76° E.S.E.
(e) Archceocyathinm marble. Grey to bluish limestones and
marbles, outcropping in large tabular masses, often
level with the sward. Chiefly composed of Archceo-
cyathincB corals. Thickness about 100 feet.
(f) Impure limestone, more or less siliceous and earthy, in-
cluding a thin belt of flaggy limestones, resembling
(d).
(g) Compact blue limestone. Locally known as " blue metal,"
and has been quarried in a small way for lime-burn-
ing. Sparingly fossiliferous, carrying small mollusca
and occasional Archceocyathince. Several hundred
feet in thickness.
III. Argillites. Grey, purple, and black argillaceous shale,
which in places becomes more or less calcareous. Strongly
jointed, breaking up into numerous rhomboid prisms. The stone
-i
78
is bleached along lines of joints, but preserves a dark colour in
the centre of the prismatic fragments. The grey shale is studded
with numerous pellets of small dark-coloured calcareo-siliceous
inclusions, which are most numerous in an important cliff section
of the same beds seen on the coast at a distance of three miles to-
the south-west. Strike, N.N.E. and S.S.W. Dip, E.S.E. at 68°.
These argillaceous shales occupy the lowest horizon of the-
Cambrian rocks exposed in the section. They are seen, both at
the base of Sellick's Hill and on the coast, to pass under a thick
talus of Pliocene sands, clays, and gravels, which in the sea
cliffs have a thickness of from 100 to 200 feet. On the coast
these Pliocene beds rest upon gently-rolling Eocene limestones
that, in places, are seen to be banked up against the face of the
Cambrian shales.
The Fossiliferotts Limestones.
The fossiliferous belt crosses the main road a few hundred
yards above the Sellick's Hill Hotel, having a North-East and
South- West direction. The outcrop follows the foothills, and
can be traced for miles on either side of the road.
In a South-West direction fine exposures of the coralline belt
are seen by the side of the road and in the adjoining paddock,
occurring in large tabular surfaces, which are partially obscured
by shallow soil or patches of travertine. At this point the stone
is crowded with Archceocyathince through a vertical thickness of
100 feet. The outcrop can be followed with the greatest ease,,
the line of strike passing behind the, so-called, " Mount Terrible
Farmstead,"* about two miles from Sellick's Hill. Here the soil
is deep and cultivated, but large boulders of the fossiliferous
marble have been removed, as obstructions to cultivation, to the
fence line. The strike, as taken from the superior beds of flaggy
limestones on the higher ground behind the farmhouse, was
found to be N.E. and S.W. with a nearly vertical dip. The out-
crop was followed in the same direction over saddleback hills and
deep ravines for about four and a-half miles from the main road.
At this extreme distance reached the stone was to all appearance
equally as fossiliferous and as important in vertical development
as at Sellick's Hill. The strike of the beds at this point is
nearly parallel with the coast line, and heading towards Myponga
Jetty and Normanville, which could be seen in the distance.
Retracing my steps to the main road, the fossiliferous lime-
stones were followed in their North-Eastern Extension from
Sellick's Hill. They are seen in the bed of the creek a little
above the bridge where the stream crosses the road. Rising from
* The Mount Terrible of the official map is situated about four miles to-
the East of this point.
79
the creek, and on the hill behind the hotel, very massive surfaces
of the coralline marbles occur as bare patches, very rich in corals.
As in the outcrops on the Western side, the fossiliferous belt
follows the course of the foothills, the geological strike having
the same general trend as the Ranges.
In the second valley, after leaving the Sellick's Hill Creek, a
very excellent section of the Cambrian beds is seen ; although
the coralline bed is locally denuded. The underlying grey and
purple shales are exposed in high cliffs with a dip of 65° to S.E.
These shales are overlain by a thick series of blue siliceous lime-
stones, corresponding to the lower fossiliferous horizon, and
include a wedge of impure limestone (f) and thin quartzite,
which seem to have thickened in their easterly extension from
Sellick's Hill. In the ascending order, where the Archceocyathince
beds should put on, there are alluvial banks 70 feet high. Higher
up the creek the flaggy limestones (d) form very high cliffs, which
are hard near the surface, but decomposed at depth into soft
ochreous beds.
On the rising ground and summit of the next hill the
fossiliferous beds are obscured by a thick crust of travertine, but
at the North-East slope of the hill there is an extensive exposure
of the " blue metal," or lower limestone beds, and on the succeed-
ing hill, both in ascent and descent, the coral beds show through
the turf in numerous slabs, maintaining their highly fossiliferous
character.
About three miles from Sellick's Hill an important exposure of
these beds is seen in the bed of a creek and on the sloping sides
of the valley, at a spot which can be easily located as being
directly in the line of sight with a district road which runs as a
straight line for miles in a northerly direction. The stream has
cut the coralline bed at right angles, the latter occupying the bed
of the creek for a distance of thirty yards. The overlying flaggy
limestone gave the strike as N.E. and S.W., dip 58°. From this
point the fossiliferous outcrop was followed for another mile,
many good exposures being noted.
At five miles the lower bed (g) outcrops with very strong posts
of compact limestone in a creek situated a little west of Mr.
McBurney's homestead. The gathering darkness of evening pre-
vented further geological observations at this interesting spot.*
The Flaggy Limestones.
The flaggy or earthy limestones which overlie the Archceo-
cyathince marbles are very constant and characteristic over a long
distance, and whilst the fossiliferous marbles are confined to the
foot-hills, these overlying impure limestones, with serrated out-
* See Postscript.
80
crops, follow the crest of the subordinate hills on the Northern
side of the Ranges. They occur at Normanville and throughout
the eight or nine miles which were under observation near Sellick's
Hill. One peculiarity of this bed is that near the surface it is
hard and but slightly decomposed, showing only superficial pit-
ting and relief lines, but at depth it is changed to a 3>-ellow
ochreous earth, sometimes preserving its lines of stratification,
and at times with the lines of bedding entirely obliterated. This
is the case not only in the instance referred to in the creek section
to the East of Sellick's Hill, but still more conspicuously in a
gorge 200 feet deep on the South-Western side of Mount Terrible.
At one place in the gorge, where there is a fine section of the
beds, the latter have been much broken and crushed, large blocks
having been turned at right angles to their natural position, the
very distinct and thin partings in their stratification making a
striking feature when thus broken and twisted. A. similar
occurrence of crush was noticed (probably on the same line of
strike) in a tabular outcrop behind the Mount Terrible farmstead;
large blocks, four or five feet square, were seen in juxtaposition
with their strata at right angles to each other. These beds (as
seen in the gorge referred to) are decomposed into yellow ochre
from a few feet from the surface to the lowest point exposed.
Dip 55° to 65° Westerly.
It is seldom that so clearly defined an outcrop with distinctive
peculiarities can be followed for an equal distance, as is the case
with the beds in question. The order of succession, viz., earthy
shales, fossiliferous limestones, and flaggy limestones, occurs with
equal clearness at Normanville and on the northern flanks of the
Sellick's Hill ranges. So constant is this relationship of the beds
maintained that it was an easy matter to tell at any moment my
exact position on the section. With the "blue metal" outcrop-
ping on the one hand, and the calcareous flags with their serrated
edges on the other, the coralline horizon was clearly defined even
where temporally obscured.
Pal.eontologica l.
In the limited time at my disposal, in this rapid survey, but
little attention could be devoted to the palseontological features
of the rocks other than those which are visible on the weathered
surfaces of the stone. The calcareous series, bounded by the
argillaceous shales below, and the quartzites above, develop a
thickness at Sellick's Hill roughly estimated at 1,800 or 2,000
feet. The fossiliferous portions are towards the base of the series,
and are divided into two horizons, separated from each other by
earthy limestones, in which no fossil remains were seen. The
lower of these horizons is a very strong and comparatively pure
81
bluish limestone, several hundred feet in thickness. On the
Sellick's Hill road these beds are largely covered with travertine,
but are exposed in a small quarry close to the road, where the
stone has been worked for lime-burning. Better sections of these
beds can be seen in the creeks which traverse the outcrops
further to the north-east. They are not conspicuously fossiliferous,
and the stone is very compact, but in an hour's careful search in
the Sellick's Hill quarry three small mollusca and a few Archao-
cyathina were obtained.
The upper fossiliferous horizon is a remarkable coralline bed,
100 feet in thickness. The calices of the anomalous Archceocya-
thince are crowded together in a manner that must have formed
a true coralline reef in the Cambrian seas. The solidity and
refractoriness of the matrix rendered it quite impossible to
extract these corals from their bed, and the only method in which
they can be successfully studied is by polishing and sectioning
the rock in which they are entombed. Such a method of in-
vestigation is a work of time, and consequently the palaeontological
results await future elucidation.
The vertical range of the fossiliferous section in the beds
marked " e " to " g " in the accompanying table is estimated at
800 feet.
This discovery of Lower Cambrian fossils in the Sellick's Hill
Ranges gives a fresh interest to a reputed discovery of fossils in
this neighbourhood mentioned by Tenison- Woods in his
" Geological Observations in South Australia," p. 20, where,
speaking of the Mount Lofty Ranges, he says : — " No fossils
have been found except at one portion of the range, about thirty
miles south of Adelaide. I was informed that the fossil was a
Pentamerus oblongus. This would be characteristic of the lowest
division of the Upper Silurian rocks. The person who found it
is since deceased, so that the observation cannot be traced further
or verified, unless new discoveries are made. With this excep-
tion ; if, indeed, it can be considered such, nothing is known of
the age of the rocks on this range."
The locality indicated for this fossil by Tenison- Woods,
although indefinite, is sufficiently precise to make it highly pro-
bable that it was obtained from some part of the Cambrian out-
crop in the Sellick's Hill Range. The species mentioned is
correctly referred to the Upper Silurian, a formation considerably
higher in the geological scale than the one we are now dealing
with. To explain the discrepancy, we must infer one of two
things — either that fossiliferous beds higher in the geological
series than the Lower Cambrian occur in the ranges, or otherwise
the shell was wrongly determined. The latter is most likely to
be the case. We have no information on whose judgment the
82
determination was made, and it seems more probable to conclude
that some Cambrian shell was found, and incorrectly referred to
Pentamerus oblongus than assume the hypothetical occurrence of
a set of beds which are not known to exist in any part of the
colony.
Compared with Other Lower Cambrian Localities.
The most Southerly extension of the Cambrian limestone
hitherto known in the colony is in the Curramulka District,
Yorke's Peninsula, in latitude a little North of Adelaide. The
outcrop, which is generally inconspicuous, can be traced at inter-
vals in a Northerly direction from Curramulka to Winulta
Creek, a distance of 35 miles. The beds in this area, except at
one locality, are but slightly disturbed, and when seen in section,
exhibit slight undulations, with a dip usually from 8° to 15°.
The exception referred to was observed by the present writer in
February last, when an anticlinal axis of some importance was
noted parallel with the coast a few miles South of Ardrossan.
The Eastern limbs of this anticline can be seen one and a-half
miles South of Rogue's Point, in a bold ridge of Ardrossan
marble, 20 feet thick, dipping 40° E., as the beds pass out of
sight below water level. We have thus the interesting fact that
Lower Cambrian beds occupy portions of the coast line on both
sides of Gulf St. Vincent, and the dip, respectively, is towards
the trough now occupied by this arm of the sea.
Beds of Cambrian age have a great development in the Flinders
Ranges, north of Quorn, probably extending nearly 200 miles in
a north and south direction. Limestones with Archceocyathince
occur in these ranges at several localities, representing in their
extreme positions' a geographical line of about 100 miles. The
palaeontological contents of these beds, as well as those of Yorke's
Peninsula, have been elucidated by Prof. R. Tate* and Mr. R.
Etheridge, jun.,f but our knowledge of the stratigraphical
phenomena of the Archceocyathince marbles and their associated
beds of the Flinders Ranges is very imperfect.
Geological Age of the Mount Lofty Ranges.
It is impossible to ignore the important bearing of this latest
discovery of Lower Cambrian fossils on the geological age of the
Mount Lofty Ranges. The general uniformity of strike and dip
in the rocks throughout this extensive area has led to the opinion
held by many that the hill country of the Southern portions of
the province represents one great conformable series, and, on
various data, its geological position has been commonly referred
* Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aus., vol. XV. (1892), p. 183.
Ubid, vol. XIII. (1890), p. 10.
83
to an Archaean, or at least Pre-Cambrian, age.* This hypothesis
rested for support mainly on three considerations : —
1. Analogical. Rocks of Pre-Cambrian age are known to occur
on Yorke's Peninsula, which exhibit lithological resemblances to
many of the rocks in the Mount Lofty Ranges.
2. The discordance in the angle of dip between the Cambrian
outcrops (especially those of Yorke's Peninsula) and that which
is characteristic of the Mount Lofty Ranges.
3. The fossiliferous features of the Cambrian limestone, com-
pared with the azoic features of the comparatively little altered
and pure limestones which are abundantly developed in the
Mount Lofty series.
It must be conceded that these considerations have been con-
siderably weakened by the discoveries now placed before the
Society, and requires a re-consideration of the whole question.
The Cambrian beds at Sellick's Hill occupy a position which has
been regarded as near the base of the Mount Lofty series, so that
unless the accepted order of succession is to some extent reversed
(or otherwise it can be proved that extensive faulting in the
rocks has occurred) the Cambrian age of the Mount Lofty Ranges,
as a whole, must be accepted.
With regard to the supposed analogy on lithological grounds the
Pre-Cambrian rocks of Yorke's Peninsula are uniformly highly
metamorphic and igneous in their features and have their analo-
gues, in the Mount Lofty succession, .only on the eastern flanks.
The value of the analogical argument is entirely dependent on
the assumption that the more highly metamorphosed beds of the
eastern outcrops are superior in position, and therefore newer in
point of age, to the less altered beds of the western side. For,
otherwise, if they underlie instead of overlie the latter, they pro-
bably represent an older uncomformable series with the less
altered shales, quartzites, and limestones of the western portions
as a newer, or Cambrian, formation.
Again, little weight can be given to the consideration of dis-
cordance in angle of dip when we take into account that the
Cambrians near Ardrossan pass rapidly from a dip of 15° to 40°,
and in the Sellick's Hill outcrop in a series of anticlinal and
synclinal folds with angles of dip varying from 60° to 90°
Further, the discovery of characteristic fossils in these ranges
has not only clearly defined the geological age of the beds in
* As an exception to this opinion, Mr. H. Y. L. Brown, Government
Geologist, in his geological map of the colony (1886), divided the Mount
Lofty Ranges into three main geological divisions, marked by the degree
of metamorphism exhibited. In descending order the divisions are repre-
sented as follows : — 1. Palaeozoic (Lower Silurian). 2. Pakeozoic, or Azoic.
3. Archaean.
81
which they are found, but has thrown doubt on the assumption
that the azoic features of the Mount Lofty beds in general ar&
due to a question of age.
The point that awaits determination now is — Are the funda-
mental rocks of the Mount Lofty Ranges comprehended in one
great Cambrian system, or are these rocks divisable into a newer
and an older series, a Cambrian and a Pre-Cambrian formation 1
If the latter, then we must find some line of unconformability by
fault or otherwise.
Professor Tate has suggested the probability of a great fault
existing in these old rocks somewhere in the vicinity of Adelaide.
I believe he has been led to an inference of that kind partly from
the great depth of the bed rock in the Croydon bore, amounting
to 2,000 feet. The same rocks in the Adelaide bore were proved
at a depth of 360 feet, which indicates a gradient of 1,640 feet in
a distance of about three and a-half miles. It is not impossible
that erosive agencies may be responsible for so great a difference
of level, and evidence is not wanting to prove a similar rapid
descent of the old rocks below the plains on the eastern side of
the ranges,* yet the phenomenon at Croydon is a remarkable one,
and may give the clue of a great crust movement, the confirma-
tion of which must be looked for in our hill country. A great
downthrow of the beds is capable of preserving outliers of a
newer formation, and in this way it is not impossible that Cam-
brian beds may, by faulting, be thrown against a face of Pre-
Cambrian rocks. This is one of the problems which the present
discoveries have raised, and which can only be settled by careful
and extended observations in the field.
At present no such line of fault is known to exist, and there
are some stratigraphical features which seem to indicate that the
fossiliferous beds described in this paper are interstratified and
conformable with the great geological system of the hills. We
have, for example, in the Normanville and Sellick's Hill district
a continuous outcrop of Lower Cambrian rocks for a distance of
over twenty miles. The general strike and dip of these beds are
homologous with that which characterise the hill country in
general, and the lithology of the beds bears a close resemblance
to the shales, limestones and quartzites of the central and
Western parts of the ranges.
As bearing upon the present discoveries, special interest cen-
tres in a wide belt of limestones that takes in Brighton, Field
River, Reynella, and Noarlunga. These beds vary in composition
* A bore put down at the Pine Hut Creek, on the Murray Flats, within
a quarter of a mile of the foot of the hills had to penetrate a depth of 530
feet before reaching the bed rock.
85
from dolomitic to siliceous and relatively pure limestones.* No
marbles such as are found at Norman ville and Sellick's Hill are
known to occur in this series, and from a number of transparent
sections of the limestones of Brighton and Hallett's Cove, made
by Prof. David, it has been shown that the minute structure of
the stone is largely oolitic. The blue limestones of the last named
localities bear a close resemblance to the " blue metal" beds of
the Sellick's Hill section, but with the exception of casts of
Radiolariaf no fossils have been detected in the Brighton lime-
stones. It is a matter of great interest as to whether the Brighton
and Noarlunga limestones are comprehended in the same geological
formation as those of Sellick's Hill or not. The former follow a
general line of strike almost due North and South, whilst the
strike of the latter is from N.E. and S.W. to N.N.E. and S.S.W.
This slight discordance of strike in the respective beds is not in-
consistent with conform ability, but, taking the prevaling south-
easterly dip into account we must place the Brighton beds on a
somewhat lower geological horizon than the Sellick's Hill beds.
Selwyn notes in his geological map an extensive anticline
running nearly parallel to the coast along the Aldinga Plains.
This anticline can be traced from Brighton to Normanville, and
is marked by a westerly dip on the coast with a general south-
easterly dip a few miles inland. This anticlinal area is
characterised by remarkable local contortions and overthrusts.
It is important to note that these crust movements have included
the Cambrians and the foot-hills of Mount Lofty in the same
great system of foldings.
The discovery now recorded imparts new interest to the geology
of the Hills as a whole, and incites to fresh zeal in searching for
such evidences as will eventually unravel the connected story of
the origin and development of the great mountain system which
forms the geological axis of the colony.
POSTCRIPT.
Since reading the above paper I have revisited the neighbour-
hood of Willunga and followed the outcrop of the Cambrian lime-
stones for several miles beyond the point where left on my previous
visit.
Three miles south-west of Willunga, on Section 545, owned by
Mr. Culley, sen., the calcareous beds, without making a bold
feature, crop out strongly along the foothills. They include the
siliceous limestones, flaggy limestones, and overlying quartzites
* These limestones have, in part, been described by Prof. T. W. E.
David and W. Howchin, in a joint paper. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
p. 571, 1896.
t Op. cit. ante.
H
86
-characteristic of the series with a S.W. and N.E. strike. Dip,
S.E., at 45° to 50°. A marked feature of the beds at this point
is the thickening of the wedge of flaggy quartzites, which first
appear towards the base of the calcareous series near Sellick's
Hill, and, thickening as they extend eastward, split the lime-
stones into an upper and lower series.
The lower limestones are well exposed in the next creek,
situated a little south-west of Mr. McBurney's homestead, as
mentioned in the paper (p. ), but the calcareous belt is not seen
again until Willunga is reached. At the latter place the lime-
stones are once more bared on the hills behind the town, where
the stone is a close-grained white marble, with small crystals of
pyrite. From this point the outcrop is clearly defined for several
miles, following the foothills, and has been quarried by Mr. F. G.
Culley, through whose land the limestone passes. Dip, 60° S.E.
It is difficult to tell the exact thickness of the beds, as they are
more or less obscured by turf, but the width of visible outcrop
varies from 150 to 250 yards.
At Springbrook, two and a-quarter miles from Willunga, the
stone has been extensively quarried for road metal. Here the
limestone is a dark " blue metal," intercalated with thin earthy
shales, and has a dip of 50°. This was the furthest point visited,
but the outcrop was visible for a distance of three-quarters of a
mile still further to the North-East.
No fossils were seen in this journey, but the limestones in
some places included numerous circles filled with radiated
crystals of calcite that may possibly represent the cups of
Archfeocyathirue, although no structure could be detected. I was
told, however, by Mr. Brown, the owner of the Springbrook
Quarry, that shells had been occasionally seen in the quarry
when breaking the stone.
These extended observations have determined the outcrop of
the Cambrian beds for a further six miles beyond that mentioned
in the paper, or about 25 miles in all, and when last seen the
beds were in a line of strike that was directed into the heart of
the Mount Lofty Ranges.
My thanks are due to Mr. F. G. Culley, of Willunga, who
kindly acted as guide, and facilitated my observations in the
Willunga neighbourhood.
September 2, 1897.
87
On a New Atriplex from South Australia.
By J. H. Maiden, Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney,
Corresponding Member.
[Read September 7, 1897.]
Atriplex Kochiana, Maiden.
A dicecious, occasionally monoecious, erect perennial (or annual
with a woody base ?) about one to one and a-half feet high, with
very angular branches ; the whole plant grey with a scaly
tomentum. Male flowers in terminal interrupted paniculate
spikes, leafy at the base ; female flowers in axillary clusters, the
upper ones often with a few male flowers. Leaves rather thick,
narrowed into a short petiole, ovate-rhomboidal in outline,
irregularly sinuate-lobed or almost entire, the largest about one
and a-half inches long. Fruiting-perianth nearly sessile, strongly
veined as in A. vesicarium, two-lobed to near the base, the
segments narrow-reniform, twice as broad as long, almost trun-
cate at the top, but slightly denticulate, with two large thick,
nearly basal ovate-lanceolate appendages fully twice as long as
the calyx-segments.
It is nearest allied to A. vesicarmm, Hew., which it much
resembles in habit and foliage, and from which it is chiefly dis-
tinguished by the short and broad segments of the fruiting-calyx,
which are scarcely half as long as the dorsal appendages. It is
also allied to A. Quinii, F. v. M. (in Victorian Naturalist,
November, 1888), but distinguished from that species chiefly by
the much longer appendages of the calyx-segments, the broader
leaves, and more herbaceous habit.
Thinly distributed in the vicinity of Mount Distance, near
Mount Lyndhurst, via Farina, South Australia. — Heinrich Lud-
wig Max Koch, July, 1897.
Named in honor of Mr. Koch, a very intelligent collector, and
transmitted to me by Mr. Albert Molineux, F.L.S., General
Secretary of the Agricultural Bureau of South Australia.
This large-leaved Atriplex is doubtless a valuable fodder plant
(it is reported that " it is much liked by stock ") and steps will
be taken to have it propagated, with the view to experiments
being made in this direction.
88
Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera,
with Descriptions of New Genera and
Species.
By the Rev. T. Blackburn, B.A.
[Read October 5, 1897.]
XXII.
CtJCUJIDJE.
PROSTOMIS.
P. intermedins, sp. nov. Statura P. Atkinsotii, Waterh. ; rufo-
brunneus, nitidus ; antennis brevibus, articulo 3° minus
elongato ; capite prothoraceque sparsim subtilissime punctu-
latis ; elytris subtiliter punctulato-striatis ; juguke calcaribus
lateralibus antice approximates. Long., 3 — 4 1. ; lat.,
3 3 1
With antennae resembling those of P. cornutus, Waterh., this
species has its jugular processes like those of P. Atkinsoni,
Waterh.
Victoria and N/.S. Wales.
PECTINICORNES.
AULACOCYCLUS.
A. collaris, Blackb. In describing this species (Tr. Roy. Soc.
S.A., 1896, p. 233) I omitted to state that its habitat is K
Queensland.
LAMELLICORNES.
APHODIUS.
A. Victoria, sp. nov. Minus elongatus ; minus nitidus ; pubes-
cens ; colore variabilis, capite prothoraceque nigris vel nigro-
piceis, elytris lividis longitudinaliter plus minusve piceo-
notatis, corpore subtus nigro-vel brunneo-piceo, pedibus
lividis plus minusve picescentibus ; capite prothoraceque
crebre subgrosse subrugulose punctulatis, illo antice reflexo ;
prothorace sat transverso postice haud (vel vix manifeste)
marginato, lateribus minus arcuatis, angulis posticis fere
rectis, disco postice leviter canaliculato ; elytris striatis,
interstitiis alternis sat convexis.
Maris prothoracis lateribus postice sinuatis, capite antice trun-
cato, tibiis anticis gracilibus extus bidentatis.
89
Feminse prothoracis lateribus postice fortiter emarginatis,
capite antice fere pequaliter rotundato, tibiis anticis minus
gracilibus extus tridentatis. Long., 2J — 24 1. ; lat., 1J 1.
(vix).
The markings on the elytra resemble those of Aphodius sus,
Fabr., but are on the non-costate interstices.
The species may perhaps be placed in the genus not far from
A. sus ; it is allied to A. lindensis, Blackb., which is founded on
a female example, the male probably presenting characters
similar to those of the present insect. The mesosternum is
gently carinate. The prothorax is almost without trace of a
basal margin and the lateral margin is not continued along the
edge of the emarginate portion of the prothorax in the female
(in lindensis this emarginate portion is margined).
Victoria ; Black Spur ; also sent by Mr. J. A. Kershaw, of
Melbourne.
PROCTAMMODES.
P. minor, sp. nov. Subovalis ; nitidus ; niger, palpis tarsisque
plus minusve rufescentibus ; capite subtilius crebre (in
medio magis sparsim) haud rugulose punctulato, paullo pone
marginem anticum obtuse gibbo (hoc antice emarginato) ;
prothorace leviter transverso, postice canaliculato, fortiter
minus crebre punctulato ; elytris crenato-striatis, interstitiis
convexis sparsim subtiliter punctulatis ; tibiis anticis extus
tridentatis. Long., 14 1. ; lat., i 1.
Much like P. scnlptus, Hope, but notably smaller, with the
head much more sparsely, finely, and smoothly punctulate and
having its surface even except that it is feebly and obtusely
gibbous in the middle behind the base of the clypeus. This
genus is most easily distinguished from Aphodius by the basal
joint of its front tarsi being the longest joint, reaching almost to
the apex of the apical spur of the tibia. In this character it
resembles Atcenius but differs from the latter inter alia by the
structure of the hind tibiie being of the Aphodius type.
Victoria ; several localities ; also sent by Mr. J. A. Kershaw.
DIPHUCEPHALA.
D. Kershawi, sp. nov. Mas. Viridis, antennis (clava nigra
excepta) testaceis, tarsis cyaneis ; breviter minus perspicue
setosa ; capite prothoraceque confertim subtiliter punctul-
atis et reticulatim subtiliter areolatis ; illo sat piano antice
recurvo et profunde emarginato, angulis anticis extrorsum
paullo directis ; prothorace quam longiori paullo (ut 8 ad 7)
latiori, longitudinaliter et trans versim late sat profunde
sulcato (sulco longitudinali postice haud bifido, transverso
90
sat continuo), antice parum angustato, lateribus bisinuatis
in medio dente acuto armatis, angulis dentiformibus ;
elytris subfortiter subseriatim rugulose punctulatis et sat
fortiter bicostatis ; corpore subtus albo-piloso ; tarsis posticis
gracilibus. Long., 2f 1.; lat., li 1.
Fern, latet.
In Sir W. Macleay's classification of the Diphucephalce this
species falls into the second division of subsection B in Section
II. The close fine punctu ration of its prothorax separates it at
once from all the species that have been attributed to that
aggregate except D. prasina, Macl. and D. laticollis, Lea. Its
remarkably elongate prothorax but little narrowed in front
separates it readily from those two insects (presuming from the
name that D. laticollis has a strongly transverse prothorax, the
character is not mentioned in the description). It considerably
resembles several species in others of Sir W. Macleay's aggregates,
e.g., purpureitarsis, Macl. and pygmcea, Waterh, but these have
inter alia the prothoracic furrows quite different. D.
purpureitarsis, Mac]., has similar prothoracic sculpture (i.e. fine
close puncturation and a network of very fine scarcely elevated
lines) though with the reticulation less marked. The following
characters in combination are sufficient, I think, to distinguish
this from all other described Diphucephalce — prothorax very
little wider than long and not much narrowed in front, with its
longitudinal sulcus simple and its transverse sulci reaching the
middle of the segment. The hind tarsi in this species are much
more slender and elongate than in any other Diphucephalce known
to me, and the basal two joints are of equal length inter se. The
structure of the hind tarsi furnishes very important characters for
the distinction of species in this genus and seems to have been
unaccountably overlooked hitherto by describers.
Victoria ; sent by Mr. J. A. Kershaw.
PACHYGASTRA.
P. Victoria, sp. nov. Ovata ; subnitida; nigra, pedibus picesc-
entibus, antennis (harum clava triarticulata) palpisque sub-
ferrugineis ; subtus et in pedibus ferrugineo-hirsuta ; capite
crebre aspere (clypeo hoc antice rotundato margine recurvo,
minus crebre haud aspere) punctulato ; prothorace vix
canaliculato, fortiter trans verso, antice fortiter angustato,
ut caput punctulato, lateribus fortiter dilatato-rotundatis ;
scutello punctulato ; elytris fortiter vix geminatim punctu-
lato-striatis, interstitiis sparsim punctulatis ; pygidio crebre
subtiliter punctulatis ; tibiis anticis late dilatatis, extus obtuse
bidentatis.
91
Maris quam femime antennarum clava magis elongato (quam
articuli ceteri conjuncti vix breviori) segmento ventrali
penultimo breviori. Long., 6 J — 7h L; lat., 3J — 4f 1.
Agrees with P. tasmanica, Germ, in its labrum projecting in a
plane parallel with, but considerably below the level of, that of
the clypeus and its remarkably dilated (externally bidentate)
front tibia which resembles those of the Dynastid genus
Cheiroplatys. The above two characters in combination I take
to be the essential characters of Pachygastra. The antennae
differ much from those of P. tasmanica (which have a 6-jointed
club, at any rate in the male), but the difference is not greater
than occurs in the antenna? within the limits of allied genera
(e g. Colvochila). Specifically it is much smaller than tasmanica
and differently colored, with its elytra strongly punctulate-
striate.
Victoria ; sent by Mr. French.
ASEMANTUS.
A. sub cequalis (? Hope). In describing this species (Tr. Roy,
Soc, S.A., 1896, p. 249) I omitted to mention its size, which is,
long., 9—121.; lat., 44 — 6 1.
PIMELOPUS.
P. Sydney anus, Black b. In describing this species (Tr. R.S.,
S.A., 1896, p. 256) I omitted to mention its size, which is, long.,.
9—11 1.; lat., 5—6 1.
CLERID.E.
STIGMATIUM.
S. bimaculatum, sp. nov. Piceo-nigrum, capite elytrorum duabus
quintis basalibus antennis sternis coxis abdominisque basi
plus minusve rufescentibus, elytris ante apicem maculis
singulis testaceis fere circularibus ornatis ; capite et
elytrorum maculis pilis albidis sat dense vestitis, prothorace
elytris ad basin et apicem pedibusque setis erectis elongatis
sparsius ornatis (his in prothorace nigris in elytris pedi-
busque albidis), elytrorum ceteris partibus setis minus
elongatis (his ut superficies coloratis) instructis, sternis sat
dense sat breviter albido-pilosis ; oculis inter se modice
approximatis ; antennis modice elongatis, articulorum singu-
lorum latitudine majori prope apicem posita ; prothorace
paullo ante medium transversim sinuatim sulcato, trans basin
trans versim bisulcato, subtiliter sat crebre punctulato ;
elytris in duabus quintis basalibus punctulato-striatis (inter-
stitiis convexis granulatis), in cetera parte sparsim seriatim
minus perspicue granulatis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 1{ 1.
92
Resembles &. Gilberti, from which it differs inter alia by the
red basal piece of the elytra not extending so far hindward and
having its hindmargin not (or only very narrowly) clothed with
dense pubescence, by the black apical piece of the elytra being
less evidently granulose, and by the subapical spot on each elytron
being (not an obliquely placed oval mark but) almost perfectly
circular. S. dispar, Kuwert, appears to be distinguished from
this species by the hinder part of the elytra being punctulate-
striate, and Victories, Kuwert, by the front part of the elytra
being black. The other described species seem to differ by
structural characters that may be regarded as subgeneric, espe-
cially by the shape of the joints of their antennae.
W. Australia.
BOSTRICHID.E.
XYLOPERTHA.
X. hirticollis, sp. nov. Sat nitidus ; ferrugineus, prothorace
sternisque obscuris ; capite utrinque supra oculos pilis elon-
gatis crispatis densissime fimbriato ; antennis 10-articulatis,
articulis ultimis 3 conjunctis quamceteri conjuncti manifeste
longioribus ; prothorace subcylindrico subkevi sed in parte
antica sat grosse granuloso-ruguloso et in margine antico
utrinque (ut caput) densissime pilis elongatis vestito ; elytris
•obsolete nee crebre nee seriatim punctulatis, postice oblique
parum abrupte subtruncatis, parte declivi a medio retrorsum
carina cincta, sutura postice leviter cariniformi, angulo
suturali acuto sat prominulo ; segmentis ventralibus pen-
ultimo antepenultimoque fortiter emarginatis (ultimo magno
subcompresso) ; tarsis posticis sat elongatis, articulis basalibus
3 valde compressis (articulo basali brevissimo, T 3° 4° que
conjunctis longitudine sat aequali, 3° quam 4 US triplo longiori,
5° 3° longitudine sat aequali ; tibiis anticis (intermediis
exempli typici carentibus) extus sat fortiter denticulatis.
Long., 14 1. ; lat. i 1.
I have no doubt that the specimen described above is a male.
It is easily recognizable by the remarkable shaggy and curled
pilosity on its head and prothorax. Each mass of hairs is about
as long as one of the antennae. The masses are placed one on
either side of the head running longitudinally, and one on either
side of the front margin of the prothorax running transversely.
The penultimate and antepenultimate ventral segments are
strongly and widely emarginate, so that their hind margins in
the middle are very close to each other and to the preceding seg-
ment, but much farther apart on the sides. The strong compres-
sion of the basal part of the hind tarsi and the denticulation of
the front (and perhaps also the intermediate) tibiae are also note-
worthy characters.
Roebuck Bay, W. Australia ; sent by Mr. French.
93
TENEBRIONID.E.
exangeltus, gen. nov. (? Scauridarum).
Ligula sat producta ; mentum subquadratum planatum setosuni ;
palporuin articulus ultimus securiformis ; caput subtus ante
oculos profunde transversiin sulcatum ; labrum modicum
horizontale antice dense ciliatum ; caput declive pone oculos
parum angustatum ; oculi sat convexi minus angusti sat
grosse granulati antice emarginati ; antenna? sat graciles sat
elongate filiforines, articulo 2° brevi, 3° quam 4 US 5 ns que con-
juncti vix breviori, 10° quam 9 US sat minori, 11° minimo sub-
globulo ; prothorax antice et ad latera vix marginatus quam
elytra multo angustior ; elytra convexa sat angusta quam
prothorax circiter quadruplo longiora ad latera vix perspicue
marginata : prosternum ante quam pone coxas vix magis
productum, parte mediana postice sat recurvo ; mesosternum
sat angustum declive ; metasternum elongatum ; segmenta
ventralia 3 um 4 um que postice haud coriaceo-marginata ;
coxarum intermediarum trochantina manifesta; pedes minus
elongati minus robusti ; tarsi subtus pubescentes, posticorum
articulo basali apicali longitudine sat sequali ; corpus setis
brevibus adpressis minus crebre vestitum.
The insect on which this genus is founded is an extremely
-perplexing one. I received it from Central Australia many
years ago and have never been able to make up my mind where
in the Tenebrionidm to place it. Most of its characters associate
it with the " Tribes " that form the first " Cohort" of the second
" Section" in M. Lacordaire's arrangement, but I have felt great
difficulty in placing it among them on account of its tarsi pube-
scent beneath and the structure of its prosternum which is such
that the front margin of the front coxse is scarcely further from
the front margin of the prosternum than the hindmargin of the
same coxa? is from the hindmargin of the prosternum. Lately I
have submitted an example to that accomplished specialist in the
Tenebrionidce Mr. G. C. Champion and with his usual courtesy
he has written me his opinion that it ought to be placed in the
"Cohort" to which I was disposed to refer it, pointing out a
character confirming it in this position, the importance of which
seems to have escaped the attention of M. Lacordaire ; viz., the
absence of a coriaceous hindmargin to the third and fourth
ventral segments. Mr. Champion thinks it in some respects
allied to Asida (belonging to a "Tribe" not hitherto known as
Australian) though of entirely different facies, and also notes its
relationship to JVyctojjoris, — near which (and therefore, according
to M. Lacordaire's arrangement, in the Tribe Scaurides) I had
myself been inclined to think it seemed least out of place. I
94
therefore, though not without hesitation, assign it to that position
in order to bring forward a description of it.
E. angustus, sp. nov. Nigro-piceus ; opacus ; anguste elongatus r
modice convexus (Tenebrionem molitorem, Linn., forma
nonnihil simulans) ; prothorace transverso, antice parum
emarginato (quam postice paullo angustiori), longitudinaliter
confertim sequaliter strigato, lateribus antice sat arcuatis
postice subrectis, angulis posticis dentiformibus retrorsum
directis ; elytris sat parallelis quam prothorax sat latioribus,
striis circiter 17 crebre punctulatis instructis, interstitiis
angustis sat cariniformibus ; corpore subtus crebre sat
fortiter punctulato. Long., 5^- 1.; lat, 1^ 1.
The close striation of the elytra (about 17 strise on each elytron)
is a notable superficial character.
Central Australia ; McDonnell Ranges ; taken by Mr. Wild.
OSPIDUS.
0. gibbus, sp. nov. Latus, fortiter convexus ; nitidus ; rufo-
brunneus, elytris sparsim parum manifeste fusco-maculatis,
antennis apicem versus piceis ; capite subtilius sat crebre
punctulato ; prothorace fortiter transverso, longitudinaliter
vix manifeste canaliculato, disco subtiliter sparsim punctu-
lato, lateribus late planatis transversim rugatis ; scutello
sublsevi ; elytris subfortiter sat crebre vix subseriatim
punctulatis, parum perspicue 3-costatis. Long., 8 1. ;.
lat., 5 1.
Larger than 0. chrysomeloides, Pasc, more nitid, more convex,
and differently colored ; also the prothorax is more sparsely
punctured on the disc with its lateral portions much more
flattened (they are scarcely flattened at all in chrysomeloides ),
wider, and more rugulose, and the lateral flattened part of the
elytra is wider and less rugulose.
As I did not feel sure that my example of Mr. Pascoe's species
was correctly named from his description, I have sent an example
of this insect to Mr. Champion (who has access to Mr. Pascoe's
types) and he reports it quite distinct from 0. chrysomeloides.
N. Queensland ; sent by Mr. French.
MELANDRYIDJ3.
paromarteon, gen. nov. (? Melandryidarum).
Caput breve transversum ; oculi modici convexi, sat fortiter
granulati ; palporum maxillarium articulus apicalis sat
parvus antice oblique truncatus ; mandibula ad apicem
bifida ; antennae sat breves robustse (articulo 3° quam 2 US
perspicue longiori 4° — -10° sat sequalibus fere transversis, 11°
quam precedentes manifeste longiori) ; pronotum transver-
95
sum, a prosterno carina haud distinctum ; quam caput paullo
latius, lateribus fortiter rotundatis, angulis fere nullis ;
scutellum modicum fortiter transversum ; elytra quam pro-
thorax latiora sat elongata ; coxae anticae longitudinales
inter se fere contiguae postice late apertae ; coxae intermedia?
longitudinales inter se sat approximate ; coxa3 posticae inter
se sat approximate? ; processus intercoxalis angustus brevis ;
pedes modici, tibiis ad apicem minute mucronatis, tarsorum
posticorum articulo basali ceteris conjunctis longitudine
aequali (3° breviter bilobo) ; forma nonnihil Telephorum
simulans ; corpus supra capillis erectis minus elongatis
crebre vestitum.
This is another perplexing Heteromerous insect on which I
have asked the opinion of Mr. Champion. He thinks it must
be a Melandryid near Trichosalpingus, which when I characterised
it I referred with much hesitation to the Pythidce noting that its
tarsal structure was not of the Pythid type. Its tarsi are
Melandryid in character, but its pronotuin not divided by a
carina from the prosternum excludes it (according to M. Lacor-
daire) from the Melandryidce. Mr. Champion however evidently
considers that the tarsal rather than the prothoracic structure
should be the determining character (and I regard his opinion as
very conclusive) as he refers Trichosalpingus to the Melandryidce.
There is no doubt of Trichosalpingus and Paromarteon being
structurally near each other — although they are superficially very
unlike, the former having an apparent Pythid aspect and the
latter a facies more suggestive of a Telephorid.
P. mulabile, sp. now Sat nitidum ; capite prothoraceque rufis,
elytris pedibusque (tarsorum apice piceo excepto) testaceis,
corpore subtus (prosterno excepto) antennisque (basi testacea
excepta) piceis ; nonnullorum exemplorum capite elytrisque
plus minusve vel omni no picescentibus ; capite prothora-
ceque subtiliter sparsissitne, elytris sat crebre minus subti-
liter, corpore subtus sparsim minus perspicue, punctulatis.
Long., 14 1. ; lat., £ 1.
Victoria ; Alpine Region.
SCRAPTIA.
S. lunulata, sp. nov. Minus elongata ; minus nitida ; sat longe
pubescens ; piceo-brunnea ; in elytris macula communi ante-
mediana sublunata et apice toto, antennis, pedibusque, sor-
dide testaceis ; oculis sat magnis grosse granulatis ; antennis
elongatis sat gracilibus, articulo 3° quam 2 ua fere duplo
longiori 4° longitudine sat a?quali ; prothorace fortiter trans-
verso, cum capite requaliter crebre subfortiter aspere punc-
tulato, angulis posticis acutis, basi media late lobata ; elytris
96
quam prothorax parum fortius vix magis aspere punctulatis.
Long., 11 1. ; lat., J 1;
This is another species that I have referred to Mr. Champion.
He reports that in spite of its considerably different facies from
that of a typical Scraptia he does not see much in the way of
structure on which to found a distinct genus. Failing to dis-
cover any such distinction myself, I have no hesitation therefore
in attributing the insect to Scraptia.
N. Queensland ; sent to me by Mr. Koebele.
CURCULIONID^.
CUBICORHYNCHUS.
C tortipes, sp. nov. Mas. subovalis, postice truncatus ; niger,
squamis parvis silaceis (exemplis visis fere omnino abrasis)
et setis sparsis brevibus minus perspicuis albidis vestitus ;
capite postice sparsim granulato, supra oculos crista parva
acuta instructo ; antennarum clava longe pediculata ;
rostro minus lato supra costis obtusis nonnullis instructo,
antice profunde triangulariter impresso (partis impressse
marginibus lateralibus cariniformibus) ; prothorace quam
longiori vix latiori, pone apicem transversim anguste fortiter
impresso et longitudinaliter linea subtili distincte notato
(his canalibus fere ut G. calcarati, Macl.), crebre requaliter
granuloso (ut C. occulti, Sloane), lateribus fortiter dilatato-
rotundatis ; elytris supra planatis, postice perpendicularibus,
ad latera planis perpendicularibus (vel potius deorsum con-
vergentibus), sat fortiter striatis, interstitiis transversim
striatis et subseriatim granulosis (granularum magnitudine
maximam partem ut C. occulti, Sloane, sed in interstitii 5 s
parte ante-apicali sat majori) ; coxis anticis inter se sat
remotis ; femoribus anticis basin versus fortiter curvatis ;
tibiis anticis fortiter, posticis paullo minus fortiter, falci-
formibus : tibiis intermediis sat fortiter flexuosis. Long.,
7 1.; lat., 3 1.
Fern, latet.
This is the most remarkable Cubicorhynchus yet described I
think and can hardly be identical with any hitherto named ;
for, although some of them are so briefly and vaguely
characterised as to be incapable of certain identification, it is
doubtless safe to assume that no describer could have passed over
without remark the extraordinary shape of the legs and the
elytra if he had had this insect before him. Looked at from
directly above the present species appears to be sharply truncate
at the commencement of the posterior declivity of the elytra,
while looked at from directly behind (or obliquely from in front)
97
the upper outline of the elytra across the commencement of the
posterior declivity is distinctly concave, while the lateral part of
the elytra descends so abruptly that in the hinder part the 5th
interstice appears as the line of contact between two planes
placed at a right (or even slightly acute) angle to each other.
The extraordinary strongly pediculated and bent front femora,
and the remarkable shape of all the tibiae as well as the strangely
shaped antennal club (with a pedicle scarcely shorter than the
dilated apex) also furnish unmistakeable characters, and the
sculpture of the elytra (especially their transversely furrowed
appearance almost as in Sclerorhinus nifipes, Blackb.) is also
noteworthy. Probably the structural characters of the female
are very different, but no female has been described in terms that
seem to associate it with the male before me.
W. Australia ; Upper Murchison R. district ; sent by Mr.
French.
LONGICORNES.
PEXTHEA.
P Mastersi, sp. nov. Mas. Dense pubescens' et sparsissime
nigro-setulosa ; pube albida ochraceo-variegata et passim
maculis par vis nigris ornata ; antennis quam corpus parum
longioribus, subtus sparsim capillis nigris fimbriatis, articulo
3° quam 4 US vix longiori, articulis 1° 2° que griseis nigro-
maculatis (ceteris piceis ad basin et ad apicem anguste
griseis) ; capite inter antennas leviter concavo, linea subtili
integra longitudinal! media impresso; prothorace transverso,
pone medium leviter trans versim sulcato, ante sulcum trans-
versim 6-tuberculato, pone sulcum utrinque tuberculo parvo
obtuso armato ; scutello transverso postice subtruncato ;
elytrorum sculptura sub pubem fere abdita (costis 3 mani-
feste apparentibus, internis 2 ante medium desinentibus),
granulis nonnullis prope basin exstantibus, apicibus sub-
truncatis. Long., 7 1.; lat., 2J 1.
This species is I think congeneric with certain small Longicorns
which Mr. Pascoe described as forming a distinct section of
Penthea (P. scenica, melanosticta, &c). Mr. Pascoe associated
with them P. picia, which differs from P. scenica, &c, in being
clothed with long fine hairs and having very finely granulated
eyes, and which should I think be placed in Corrhenes ; and I
should judge from the descriptions that P. crassicollis, Pasc, and
sectator, Pasc, should also be referred to Corrhenes. The present
insect is of narrower form than 1\ scenica and melanosticta from
both of which it also differs inter alia in having a well-marked
transverse sulcus on the prothorax behind the middle (so well
marked that its extremities viewed from above look like emargin-
98
ations of the lateral margins) in addition to the usual transverse
depression in front of the middle. From P. macularia, Pasc.
(which I know only by description) it seems to differ by the
presence of ochraceous pubescence, of a well-defined longitudinal
line on the head, and of evident elytral costse, as well as by the
absence of a smooth glabrous line on the prothorax ; from
P. miliaris, Pasc, by the presence of white as well as ochraceous
pubescence on the elytra, the shape of the scutellum, &c; and
from P. pullina, Pasc, by its elytra not having "two prominent
costse marked at intervals by coarse tubercles." Its colours and
markings are as follows: — on aground of whitish pubescence
ochraceous pubescence occupies the hind part of the head, runs
forward between the antennae (not extending to the eyes) and
spreads out on the front of the antennal tubers, is distributed in
a kind of linear reticulation on the prothorax and runs similarly
over the disc of each elytron but is almost absent on the marginal
sutural and apical portions ; the whole upper surface is studded
with small black spots (evidently smaller than those of
P. melanosticta and much smaller than those of P. scenica) which
on the front of the elytra are raised granules but elsewhere are
even with the general surface.
N. W. Australia ; sent by Mr. Masters.
99
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
|^ogaI§ocietg of gonth Australia,
For 1896-97.
Ordinary Meeting, November 3, 1896.
Walter Howchin, F.G.S. (President), in the chair.
Exhibits. — J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., laid on the table a case
of Lepidoptera. Dr. Morgan exhibited a large collection of birds
in illustration of his paper.
Obituary Notice. — The President referred in feeling terms to
the loss science had substained in the death of Baron F. von
Mueller ; and it was decided to place a minute on record testify-
ing to the high value of his achievements in the fields of science.
Important Discovery. — The President announced that Prof.
David, of the Sydney University, had discovered fossils,
Radiolaria, in black cherty bands in silicious shales at Crystal
Brook, S.A. These rocks had previously been considered of
Archaean age.
Election of Hon. Sec. — G. G. Mayo was elected an additional
Hon. Sec, vice W. B. Poole resigned.
Papers. — " List of Birds in the Neighbourhood of Laura,
S.A.," by Dr. Morgan. " Corrosion of Brass Pins in Entomo-
logical Specimens," by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.
Ordinary Meeting, April 6, 1897.
Walter Howchin, F.G.S. (President), in the chair.
Exhibits. — Prof. Tate, F.G.S., exhibited the following
minerals : — Plumosite, the capillary form of Jamesonite ;
3£o?iazite> the source of cerium and lanthanum ; an unnamed
form of calcic borate, possibly an anhydrous form of Bechelite ;
Coquimbite, a tersulphate of iron in its exceedingly rare purplish
form ; and a specimen of telluride of gold, W.A. Also rock
specimens illustrating crush-conglomerate, a specimen of contact
metamorphism, and a specimen of the alteration of diorite to
serpentine. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., laid on the table a collec-
tion of Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands, consisting of 191
100
specimens, comprising 65 species. They had been presented to
the Museum by the Rev. R. T. Mathews, of Port Lincoln.
Ballot.— Prof. T. W. E. David, B.A., of the Sydney Uni-
versity, N.S.W., and John Dennant, F.G.S., of the Education
Department, Victoria, were elected Hon. Fellows ; and Dr.
Morgan and A. M. Lee, Colonial Entomologist, W.A., were
elected Fellows.
Papers. — "Descriptions of Coleoptera," by Rev. Thomas
Blackburn, B.A. " Opisthobranchs of the Older Tertiaries of
Australia," by M. Cossmann, of Paris, an Hon. Fellow. " Notes
on Australian Typhlopidae," by E. R. Waite, Australian Museum.
" Descriptions of Lepidoptera" by Oswald Lower, F. Ent. S.
" Catalogue of the Native Flora about Port Elliot," by Miss
Jessie Hussey. The catalogued names number 355 ; of these
the following 25, including three new species to the province, are
additional to the region (vide Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., p. 68, 1889)
— Claytonia corrigiolacea, Casuarina paludosa, Atriplex Mueller i,
A. prostratum, Dodoncea Bauer i, D. humilis, Pimelea Hussey ana
(new species), Daviesia genistifolia, Pultenea tenuifolia, Heli-
chrysum cinereum, Cassinia punctulata, Logania crassifolia,
Styphelia costata, Scutellaria humilis, Pterostylis nutans, P. nana,
P. prcBCOx, P. obtusa, Acianthus caudatns, Centrolepis polygna,
and Danthonia bipartita.
Ordinary Meeting, May 4, 1897.
Walter Howchin, F.G.S. (President), in the chair.
Exhibits. — J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a case of Indian
Lepidoptera. Prof. Tate, F.G.S., laid on the table a fossil species
of nautilus obtained near Port Pirie, S.A. W. H. Selway showed
an autumnal species of Pterostylis.
Ballot. — C. W. Marsh was elected a Fellow.
Paper. — Prof. Tate, F.G.S., read a paper dealing with the
conchological collections in the London and Paris Museums.
Ordinary Meeting, June 1, 1897.
Walter Howchin, F.G.S. (President), in the chair.
Exhibits. — W. Howchin, F.G.S., exhibited a large number of
glaciated pebbles and rocks illustrative of the glacial features at
Inman Valley, S.A. ; also photograph of polished surface of
Selwyn's Rock, Inman Valley, S.A. Prof. Tate, F.G.S., laid on
the table photographs of evidences of glaciation at Crown Gorge
and Yellow Cliff, on the River Finke, Central Australia.
Election of Sub-Committee. — After a discussion on the best
methods of disseminating information on local predatory insects
101
and insectivorous birds, it was decided to elect a sub-committee
to consider and report on the matter, consisting of W. Howchin,
F.G.S. (President), Prof. Tate, F.G.S., Messrs. S Dixon, W. C.
Grasby, and J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.
Papers. — " Notes on the Glacial Features of Inman Valley,
Yankalilla, S.A., and Cape Jervis Districts," by Prof. David,
F.G.S., and Walter Howchin, F.G.S. "Evidences of Glacial
Action in Central Australia." by Prof. Tate, F.G.S.
Ordinary Meeting, July 6, 1897.
Walter Howchin, F.G.S. (President), in the chair.
Exhibits. — J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., laid on the table specimens
of all the Odanati and genuine Neuroptera from South Australia
in the Museum. A. Zietz, F.L.S., Assistant-Director S.A.
Museum, laid on the table, the nest, egg, and skin of the Queens-
land rifle bird. The specimens shown belong to Craspedophora
Alberti, from Cape York. The specimens were collected by Mr.
D. LeSouef. Prof. Tate, F.G.S., exhibited the following speci-
mens of mollusca cellected by the Calvert Exploring Expedition :
— Melania onca, previously only known from the River Adelaide,
N.T.; Vivipara australis, a widely diffused species in Tropical
Australia ; and Unio Sturtii, a species of Northern and Central
Australia. W. Howchin, F.G.S., exhibited rock specimens con-
taining Radiolaria, from England, New South Wales, and South
Australia (Brighton and Crystal Brook).
Papers. — "Notes on a hitherto undescribed Parrot for S.A.,"
by A. Zietz, F.L.S , Assist. Director S.A. Museum. " List of
Plants collected by the Calvert Exploring Expedition," by Prof.
Tate, F.G.S.
Ordinary Meeting, August 3, 1897.
Walter Howchin, F.G.S. (President) in the chair.
Exhibits. — A. Zietz, F.L.S., exhibited native weapons and
other articles collected by members of the Calvert Exploring
Expedition, from the Fitzroy River and Joanna Springs, W.A.
J. G. O. Tepper showed galls from West Australia, consisting of
species of Brachyscelis ; also three specimens of Cordiceps larva-
tum, a fungus growing on caterpillars in New Zealand ; also a
specimen of the " tsetse fly " (Glossina marsitans) from South
Africa ; also a specimen of the genus Chelifer of the Scorpionidir
obtained near Mt. Lofty, S.A.
Papers. — "Anthropological Notes," by J. H. Browne, com-
municated by Dr. Stirling. " On the Occurrence of Lower
Cambrian Fossils in the Mt. Lofty, S.A., Range," by W.
Howchin, F.G.S.
102
Ordinary Meeting, September 7, 1897.
Walter Howchin, F.G.S. (President), in the chair.
Exhibits. — J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., showed roots of the apple-
tree affected with Schizoneura lanigera. W. Howchin, F.G.S. ,
exhibited a portion of rock obtained from near Sellick's Hill,
S.A., containing Cambrian corals. W. H. Selway laid on the
table orchids from between Middleton and Goolwa, which he
considered very early. A Zietz, F.L.S., Assistant-Director of
♦S.A. Museum, exhibited the completely restored fore and hind
left feet of Diprotodon, and contrasted them with those of such
living marsupials as the wombat, kangaroo, native bear, and
opossum.
Ballot. — J. H. Browne was elected a Fellow.
Paper. — " On a New Atriplex from South Australia," by J.
H. Maiden, F.L.S,
Annual Meeting, October 5, 1897.
Walter Howchin, F.G.S. (President), in the chair.
Exhibits. — Botanical and entomological specimens were
exhibited by Messrs. Edwin Ashby and J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.
Annual Report and Balance-sheet were read and adopted.
Election of Council. — President, W. L. Cleland, M.B. ;
Vice-Presidents, Prof. Tate, F.G.S., and Walter Howchin, F.G.S.;
Hon. Treasurer, Walter Butt, C.E. ; Hon. Secretary, G. G.
Mayo, C.E. ; Members of Council, Prof. Rennie, D.Sc, E. C.
Stirling, M.D., F.R.S., Rev. Thomas Blackburn, B.A., S. Dixon,
J. S. Lloyd, and W. H. Selway.
Election of Auditor. — D. J. Adcock was elected Auditor
for the ensuing year.
Paper. — " New Genera and Species of Australian Coleoptera,"
by Rev. Thos. Blackburn, B.A.
Presidential Address. — " On Recent Investigations on the
Foraminifera," by Walter Howchin, F.G.S.
103
ANNUAL REPORT.
The Council has to report that a variety of new matter
relating to mollusca, ccelenterata, insecta, marsupialia, anthro-
pology, botany and geology has been brought under the notice
of the Fellows and Members during the past year. Amongst
the most noteworthy is the discovery of Radiolaria and Lower
Cambrian fossils in new localities for the Province. The exhi-
bition of the restored fore and hind left feet of Diprotodon at
the September Meeting is an event which is unique in the history
of science ; and that it was possible, is largely due to the
technical skill of the Assistant Director of the Adelaide Museum,
A. H. L. Zietz, F.L.S., who was able to preserve the extremely
brittle remains found at Lake Callabonna, South Australia.
During the past year two gentlemen were elected Hon.
Fellows on account of the distinguished services which they had
rendered to science through the Society. They were Prof. T. W.
E. David, B.A., of the Sydney University, and John Dennant,
F.G.S., of the Education Department, Victoria. Four new
Fellows have been elected, and seven removed by death or other-
wise. The Society consists now of 12 Hon. Fellows, 71 Fellows,
13 Corresponding Members, and 1 Associate.
The obituary includes the name of an Hon. Fellow, Baron F.
von Muller, whose death has occasioned a loss which it will be
difficult to fill, not only to Australian workers, but to the
scientific world generally. At the proper time and place this
Society will hope to co-operate with Australian learned societies
in raising to his memory some fitting memorials. Another Hon.
Fellow has also died, namely, Sir W. F. D. Jervois, K.C.M.G.,
L.B., <fcc, ex-Governor of South Australia. In the death of Sir
Thomas Elder, K.C. M.G., science and art have lost a generous
benefactor and this Society a Fellow. Volume XVI. of the
Society's Transactions will remain a memorial of the scientific
results of one of the expeditions fitted out to explore Central
Australia at his expense.
Whilst the principal attention of the Society has naturally been
devoted to the receiving and recording of new scientific facts,
other matters relating to the economic application of science
have not been neglected. A Sub-Committee of the Council was
appointed to ascertain the best methods of disseminating infor-
mation respecting local predatory insects and insectivorous birds.
This important matter has received very careful consideration,
104
and a report may be expected shortly offering some valuable
suggestions. In sympathy with this subject may be mentioned
the results of the action of the Field Naturalists' Section of the
Society through its Native Fauna and Flora Protection Commit
tee. Through its energy and instrumentality a Bill is now before
Parliament entitled " Protection of Birds Act."
In presenting this report of the year's proceedings the retiring
Council fells that although some substantial work has been re-
corded, yet that much more might have been effected had the
Council had ampler means at its disposal. There is an abundance
of scientific material awaiting publication, but the Council has
had to hesitate about attempting it owing to its straitened means.
Happily, owing to the generous action of the Government in
subsidising the subscriptions of the Fellows, a little has been ac-
complished, but this could easily be expanded to three or four
times the amount if financial circumstances were propitious.
Whilst the Council feels a debt of gratitude to that small branch
of Fellows who have year by year so steadily contributed to the
funds of the Society, yet it would ask them further to use their
influence in persuading others to join the Society and assist in
this way the recording of matter pertaining to South Australia
of the greatest scientific value.
105
t^ooo
X CO © o
01
© ©
© a
CD1-1-©
01 -* ©
©© ©
©© ©
© uO CO
X O
o
'A
£ 2 *
14-1 +=> +=> "3
+3 ££; S3
O
O
I'll
05 S-l *"d
o csr]
PMkhP-i
III!
f»
© © ©
OhS5
OS © © ©
© ©
—
£ I 1
X
H
P3
D
x
y
•list's Sect
I Section (
1 Section
-43
c
03
ii .
0)
H
— 1 cs
1 -»3 -0 -A -»
1 2 b 3 3
■--b
^
cc
§ '§■§ a**
H O e8 S a
|
c
3
g
~J5
H !
+3*
to
9)
O
Balance
Subscriptic
Royal S
Field Ni
Astrono
Malacol.
a
t g
°— >
s3
O
Q
>
'-3
X
P
106
The Anniversary Address by Walter
Howchin, F.G.S. (President).
In vacating the Chair, which I have had the honour to occupy
for the past two years, I shall be following traditional usage if I
make a brief reference to the present position and prospects of
the Society. With the current year we publish the twenty-first
volume of the Transactions and proceedings of the Royal Society
of South Australia. The Society has completed the second
decade of its existence, and has a record of work which, if con-
sidered with a due regard to its limited membership, and equally
limited means, is a matter for congratulation. When we con-
sider the great geographical extent of the colony, and the com-
paratively recent settlement of its population, it will be under-
stood that the scientific workers have been hitherto mainly
engaged in pioneering work, sketching the broader outlines, and
gathering the more evident facts in this vast scientific field.
The past year has not been destitute of work done by Fellows
of the Society which mark distinct stages in scientific achieve-
ments. The first-fruits of Dr. Stirling's and Mr. Zietz's patient
elaboration of the Callabonna fossil faurue has been published in
our Transactions in elucidation of the feet and leg-bones of the
great struthious birds which have become extinct on Australian
soil within comparatively recent geological time. The same
authors have had the honor to place a unique exhibit before the
Society in a complete osteological restoration of the fore and hind
feet of the Diprotodon, the first occasion in which these much-
debated appendages have been discovered and placed before a
scientific society. Dr. J. C. Verco's further descriptions of new
species of marine mollusca from his dredgings in South Aus-
tralian waters, and the Monograph on the Opisthobranchs of the
Older Tertiary of Australia by the French specialist and Honorary
Fellow of this Society, Maurice Cossmann, are respectively con-
tributions of great value. Within the sphere of new geological
observations may be noted the glacial discoveries in the Inman
Valley, Yankalilla, and Cape Jervis districts, which have
revealed an extinct icefield of vast extent, of which the Hallett's
Cove deposits form but a distant outlier. The discovery of a
thick group of Lower Cambrian limestones, with characteristic
fossils, in the Ranges extending from Nonnaiivilte to Willunga
is of great interest as bearing on the possible age of the Mount
Lofty series, it being the only clearly determined datum line in
107
the older rocks of the hill country to the south of Quorn. The
discovery of Radiolaria in the cherty nodules of the Crystal
Brook limestones, as well as in the siliceous limestones of
Brighton, has opened a new chapter in the palaeontology of the
older rocks of the colony. At the instant when Professor David
and myself thought that in this discovery we had secured organic
remains in rocks of Archaean age, the find of Cambrian fossils
shortly afterwards in the associated beds has rendered this con-
clusion exceedingly doubtful.
Our review of the present position of the Society is over-
shadowed with two regrets. First, that the number of those who
either actively or by Fellowship with the Society show practical
sympathy with scientific research is so small — a roll of 75 con-
tributing Fellows cannot be regarded as satisfactory in this
respect ; and second, scientific investigators have reason to be
discouraged that the financial resources of our Society — the only
Society in the colony devoted to the cause of original research —
are inadequate for the effective illustration of scientific discoveries
which may have occupied years of patient labor. The scientific
investigator takes upon himself honorary and onerous duties, and
is content to find his reward in the pleasures of his work and the
privilege of adding to the sum of human knowledge. All he
asks in return for his voluntary labors is the means of communi-
cating his special knowledge by a suitable channel to others.
During recent years original observations of great scientific value
have been held back from publication through this lack of mone-
tary means, and unless in the near future the burden is shared
by a larger circle in the community, we shall witness the
humiliating consequences that discoveries of great national
interest will have to go to foreign societies to obtain a voice in
the scientific world.
I would now crave your indulgence for a short time whilst
reviewing in a brief manner some
RECENT RESEARCHES BEARING ON THE FORAMINIFERA.
Much interest attaches to the occurrence of the Rhizopoda in
the older stratified rocks. We may, therefore, in the first place,
draw attention to our present knowledge of
The Early Geological History of the Foraminifera.
The lowly organisation of these protean forms of life is sugges-
tive of a remote ancestry that may possibly take us back link by
link in an unbroken chain of vitality to the pregnant moment that
witnessed the dawn of life on this planet. On evolutional grounds
we may plausibly infer that there was a time when the Protozoa
formed the characteristic — perhaps the only type of animal life on
the earth — a protozoan age that antedated the age of the higher
108
invertebrates. If such was the case it has left scant evidence of
its existence. The practical results of a search in the Archaean
and older Palaeozoic rocks for these pal aeon tological proofs are
extremely disappointing. Instead of finding the limestones of
these early periods crowded with the remains of what might be
deemed the primitive type of animal life, the Archaean limestones
are singularly destitute of organic remains ; and when we pass
the great interval marked by the unconformability between the
Archaeans and the Cambrians, we find in the latter a richly
differentiated invertebrate fauna with scarcely a trace of the
more primitive Rhizopod. It is only when we rise in the geo-
logical series as high as the Carboniferous limestone that the
Foraminifera become at all a characteristic feature of the de-
posits, and the maximum of the order was only attained with the
Cretaceous and Tertiary formations, or, possibly, in the foramini-
feral fauna of the present seas.
It is not improbable that the unclothed amoeboid organism was
the earlier prevailing type of this class, and that on the gradual
increase of carnivorous and predatory forms of life, the Amoeba
obtained a distinct advantage in the struggle for life in the
formation of a testaceous covering for its sarcode, either by the
secretion of carbonate of lime or by the agglutination of sand
grains and other foreign bodies. Such an important modification
of habit prepared the way for an endless morphological variation
of the organism — gave birth to a new order of Protozoans, and
made the Foraminifera the most important member of its class.
If the naked condition was the primitive form of the Protozoan
type, and the testaceous covering a later and slowly developed
modification, this will sufficiently account for the comparative
absence of the Foraminifera from the older geological formations.
The discussion on the organic or inorganic nature of Eozoon,
which has lasted over 30 years, still continues. A fascination
gathers around this so-called "Dawn Animal," " the lone occupant
of Laurentian seas," that has called forth laboured investigations
and an elaborate literature. Eozoon was first described by Dr.
Carpenter and Principal Dawson in 1864. Its organic origin was
hotly contested by Professors W. King and T. H. Rowney in
numerous publications distributed over a period of 16 years.
Their contention was that the so-called organic structure of
Eozoon was nothing more than an inorganic arrangement of
minerals in a laminar structure that was not uncommon in
serpentine rocks, and could be paralleled in the serpentine marble
or ophite of Skye, the serpentine of the Lizard, and other examples.
Mr. H. J. Carter took up a similar position of scepticism. In
1884 Prof. J. F. Blake examined the typical locality for Eozoon
at Cote St. Pierre, in Canada, with the result that he concluded
109
the nodules of so-called Eozdon were simply concretionary under
inetamorphic rearrangements, and in a letter to Prof. H. J.
Johnston-Lavis, said, " I came away with the clear conviction
that we need no longer trouble about its organic nature."*
The latest and most important contribution on this subject is a
joint paper read before the Royal Dublin Society by Prof. H. J.
Johnston and Dr. J. W. Gregory, and is published in the Trans-
actions of that Society for 1894.f The exhaustive observations
which the first-named of these authors has made on the geology
of Monte Somma brought to his notice some remarkable litholog-
ical features in certain ejectamenta from this old crater, and has
supplied the material for the joint paper now referred to, on the
" Eozoonal Structure of the Ejected Blocks of Monte Somma.'
The blocks in which this structure is seen were derived, according
to the authors of the paper, from limestones of Mesozoic age
situated at a considerable depth in the funnel of the volcano, and
the specimens show an intermediate degree of metamorphism
between the comparatively unaltered Tertiary beds in the upper
part of the sub-volcanic platform and the more completely fused
ultra-basic and basic rocks of greater depth. The genesis of this
eozoonal structure can be gathered from the examination of a
series of specimens in which it is more or less perfectly developed.
As the result of an examination of a large number of these
ejected fragments, the authors conclude that " the Eozoon struc-
ture has been produced in those limestones which have, under
great pressure, in the presence of different gases, and in the
neighbourhood of a comparatively basic magma, undergone whole
or partial fusion."!
The remarkable concentric and laminar structure of the
eozoonal nodules is accounted for by the interaction of the lime-
stone and the more or less acid magma when brought into con-
tact. Along the line of contact a process of mutual modification
takes place. The limestone extracts a proportion of silica from
the magma, and the magma is rendered more basic, not only by
a loss of silica, but by the absorption of lime and magnesia from,
the limestones with which it is in contact. The so-called
" acervuline layer" in Eozoon is accounted for by this process of
interchange and chemical reaction, attenuated and irregular
silicate bands being produced by the exhaustion of the silicic
substances in penetrating into the limestone. The presence of
tubuli in Eozoon structure is the strong point of evidence with
* " Eozoonal Structure of Ejected Blocks of Monte Somma," by Prof. H.
J. Johnston-Lavis and J. W. Gregory, D.Sc, Sc. Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc,
Vol. V. (Ser. 2), 1894, p. 274.
t Op. cit.
X Op. cit., p. 264.
110
those who assert the organic origin of the specimens, and supplies
the characteristic feature that has led to its classification with
the Nummulinida?. Similar tubuli or stoloniferous passages,
filled with mineral matter, are seen in the Monte Soinma speci-
mens passing through the calcareous layers, and communicating
with the intermediate bands. These tubuli are supposed by the
authors to mark the main passages along which the fluid or gases
penetrated.
The photographic figures given in illustration of the work are
extremely suggestive of the anomalous Laurentian fossil, although,
judging from the plates, the cell walls and canal system lack the
definiteness and clear outline of the type specimens. Sir J. W.
Dawson has given a short rejoinder to Professors Johnston-La vis
and Gregory, in Nat. Science of June, 1895, in which article he
says — " I must emphatically deny that they resemble either in
composition, mode of occurrence, or form and structure the
Laurentian Eozoon of Canada." Noth withstanding this rejoinder
the latest evidences tend to weaken the proofs of the organic
origin of this doubtful object rather than confirm the conclusions
which in the early years of its discussion were generally accepted.
One result of this prolonged discussion has been to illustrate in
how many instances petrological structure may simulate organic
features, and emphasizes the caution that should be exercised in
referring doubtful structures, especially when included in altered
and metamorphic rocks, to organic agencies.
The discovery of Foraminifera in the Cambrian rocks of
southern New Brunswick by Messrs. W. D. and G. F. Matthew
is of considerable interest. So far as I am aware, this is the first
case in which Foraminifera have'been noted in rocks of Cambrian
age. They were discovered in the first instance by sectioning the
phosphatic nodules contained in the St. John series near the base
of the Lower Cambrians, and are associated with a group of
fossils of a distinctive character, which Mr. G. F. Matthew has
described in the Transactions of the New York Academy of
Science, vol. XIV. (1894-95), as "The Protolenus Fauna." ' The-
Foraminifera are referred to the genera Orbulina and Globigerina,
two of the commonest genera of the present seas, and whilst seven
new species are described, the remaining one, Orbulina universa,
is said to be indistinguishable from the same species which makes
up so large a proportion of the Atlantic ooze of to-day. Without
calling in question Mr. Matthew's determination, it is well to
remember that extreme caution is demanded in the determination
of fossils of so great a geological age, and particularly those (as
in the case of the genera referred to) which have a spherical form r
as this is more easily simulated by inorganic structure than any
other outline. The previous records for the geological distribu-
Ill
tion of Globigerina do not go further back than the Jurassic, and
those of Orbuhna, not earlier than the Lias. In view of the
present discovery, it is remarkable that no trace of either genus
has been found in the comparatively rich foraminiferal fauna of
the Carboniferous Limestone. Assuming the determination of the
author to be correct, it places Orbulina universa in a unique
position as the oldest surviving species among living things ; and
if the claims of Eozoon be disallowed, the Protolenus horizon of
St. John has the earliest record for the occurrence of Foraminifera
in any part of the world.*
If I may be allowed a moment's digression from the immediate
subject of my address, I would draw attention to the fact that it
seems probable that more success will attend the search for
the Radiolarian representatives of the Rhizopoda in the older
stratified rocks than remains the Foraminifera. L. Cayeux has
recently announced the discovery of Radiolaria in the Pre-Cam-
brian rocks of Brittany. Whilst there are some aspects of this
supposed discovery that have led other specialists to regard
Cayeux's determinations with some scepticism, it will quicken the
interest in these old and so-called azoic rocks that will no doubt
shortly place the matter beyond question. During the last three
years simultaneous discoveries of Radiolaria have been made in
many countries and from most formations, ranging from the
Cambrian to the present day. These results have been in many
cases, particularly those pertaining to the older rocks, obtained
from the examination of the much neglected cherty bands and
nodules which frequently accompany calcareous beds of all ages.
BIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS.
From the days of Conrad Gesner in the middle of the sixteenth
century the delicate and varied forms of the Foraminifera have
commanded an increasing attention from scientific workers, yet
it is only within the last few years that any definite knowledge
has been obtained of the life history of this interesting Order.
The opacity of the investment has made the investigation of the
soft parts of the animal, in most cases, practically impossible and,
even where the shell exhibited some translucency, as soon as the
animal was removed from its normal conditions for observation it
withdrew its body to the central portions of the shell, whilst the
vital functions either ceased or were for the time being suspended.
Two improved methods of enquiry have led up to the present
advance in our knowledge of the biology of the Foraminifera.
The first of these is an improved method of sectioning the shell
introduced by Mons C. Schlumberger, of Paris, by means of
* Unless we accept the statement of L. Cayeux that he has obtained
Foraminifera, as well as Radiolaria, from the Pre-Cambrians of Brittany.
112
which the excessively delicate central chambers of the test are
preserved from destruction in the mechanical process ; the second,
an ingenious contrivance of Mons. F. Schaudinn, assistant at the
Zoological Institute of Berlin, by which Foraminifera can be
placed under observation throughout all the phases of their
■existence.
As far back as 1841, Ehrenberg noticed a Spirillina with a
great number of young examples within the chambers of the
parent shell, and as the observation was unique he conferred upon
it the trivial name of vivipara. Similar phenomena were sub-
sequently seen by Schultz and other observers in individuals
belonging to several different genera. In 1861 Mr. Carter
•detected the existence of spherules in the chambers of some fossil
Foraminifera, which he regarded as " propagative agents." *
About the same time attention became directed to the structure
of the sarcode or protoplasm that formed the living body of the
animal, and in 1878 A. .Schneider published f the results of his
researches with regard to the reproductive processes pertaining
to the genus Miliolina. The most striking point of Schneider's
researches was, that in some instances the protoplasmic body
became broken up into two kinds of minute bodies, the smaller
of these, possessing spontaneous movement, he regarded in the
light of spermatozoa, and the larger as ova. The latter developed
into young Miliolina, and after secreting a delicate calcareous
test passed into a free condition. These observations of Schneider
require confirmation. The first definite step in elucidating the
life history of the Foraminifera was taken, however, in 1880,
when Munier-Chalmas, the distinguished French microscopist,
announced that in the case of certain species of Nummulites and
Assilina the initial chambers were formed on two distinct plans.
In the one case the primordial chamber was large, and in the
•other the same primordial space was occupied by a number of
small chambers. Thus the individuals of a species were divided
into two natural groups (1) those which had a megalospheric
central chamber, and (2) those with a microspheric centre. The
external features of the two groups were identical, except that
those individuals which had the large central chambers were, in
most species, smaller in size than those which had the smaller but
more numerous central chambers. This " dimorphism," as it was
■called by Munier-Chalmas, has been made the subject of careful
and systematic investigation by the last-named eminent savant
in conduction with the able and energetic specialist, Charles
* Ann. Mag., Nat. His. Ser. 3, Vol. VIII. , 1861, p. 309.
t Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Protozoen. Zeits. f. Wiss., Zool., Vol. 30,
Sup. 1878, p. 446.
113
Schlumberger, and by their united efforts the existence of a
dimorphic origin has been demonstrated in the case of over twenty
The question that immediately arose, and awaited solution,
was, " What is the meaning of this dimorphism ?" That it had a
distinct relationship to the process of reproduction was generally
inferred, and its significance in this respect has given rise to
much discussion. The first point that required determination
was whether the dimorphic features were aboriginal in the history
of the individual, or caused subsequently to birth by a secondary
growth of smaller chambers within the macrospheric chamber, an
alternative that was soon decided in favour of the view that the
difference was aboriginal.
In 1894 Mr. J. J. Lister, in a paper read before the Royal
Society of London on " The Life History of the Foraminifera,"
gave a full and lucid resume of the state of knowledge on this
subject to date, with many valuable, original observations.
Lister's researches have been directed chiefly to the study of the
nuclei of Foraminifera in relation to reproduction. His observa-
tions were confined to a limited number of forms, and chiefly
the cosmopolitan species, Polystomella crispa. This careful
observer was able to note that the nuclei of the megalospheric
and microspheric individuals of a species differed essentially from
each other. The megalospheric form carries but one large
nucleus during the greater part of the life of the individual,
whilst the microspheric form, in the place of a large central
nucleus, contains several small nuclei. This discovery of a
physiological, as well as a morphological difference, in the two
forms strengthened the assumption that they owed their difference
of form to aboriginal causes.
The next point was to establish what relationship the two
forms bore to each other in the life history of the species. Did
the difference of form mark a difference of sex ? Or did the two
forms represent a cycle of recurring generations, as may be seen
in some other departments of Natural History 1 Lister was led
to discard the sexual hypothesis chiefly from the study of Orbito
lites complanata, in which he found the young of the megalo-
spheric form in the brood chambers of both megalospheric and
microspheric individuals; "hence," he says, "it is impossible
to regard either form as male." In a postscript to his paper, of
slightly later date, he reaches a definite conclusion on this point
in the following words, " The fact that the whole of the proto-
plasm of the parent is used in the production of the young, and
that these are all of one form, supports the view that the two
forms of the Foraminifera belong to different generations."*
* Op. cit., p. 446.
114
We must now refer to the brilliant work done by Schaudinn
in the elucidation of this interesting biological problem, who
quite independently of Lister has been engaged on the same
investigations, and by a curious coincidence has taken the same
species as Lister (Polystomella crispa) as his principal type. Not
only have these two eminent naturalists been independently led
to the same conclusion, but Schaudinn has thrown much additional
light on the reproductive phenomena of the Foraminifera.* By
the use of very high magnifying powers (up to 2,000 diameters)
he has watched the changes that take place in the nuclei during
the reproductive process, and are of the greatest interest. In the
first place he has never seen a nucleus multiply by constriction,
as is frequently the case in some Orders of the Protozoa, but the
nucleus passes through a succession of very remarkable and com-
plex changes which cannot well be made intelligible without
reference to the diagrammatic figures by which his work is
illustrated. Stated generally, however, the nucleus when passing
into the reproductive stage first develops a granular centre,
around which gathers a sphere of droplets like an alveolary
border. A process of segregation goes on and a cyst is formed,
the inner surface of which is covered by a number of compact
spheroidal bodies. When matured, the cyst bursts and the
spheroids are distributed throughout the protoplasm of the
animal as embryonic nucleoids.
The next question was to determine the distinctive changes
which take place respectively in the megalospheric and micro-
spheric forms of propagation. In the case of microspheric
generation there develops the cyst-like bodies with included
zoospores, as already described. In the crisis of reproduction,
the cyst bursts, the corpuscular bodies are set free, and by a rapid
circulatory movement, that is set up concurrently in the proto-
plasm, they are evenly distributed throughout the mass. At this
stage the whole of the protoplasm vacates the shell, forming an
irregular mass. The protoplasm then divides into sections of
various sizes, each fragment assumes a rounded form, secretes a
calcareous test, and this globular test constitutes the primordial
chamber of a Polystomella crispa, of the megalospheric form. In
these observations two points were established ; first, that the
whole of the parent body was used up in the formation of off-
spring ; and, secondly, a microspheric individual gave birth to a
megalospheric progeny.
* For particulars of M. Schaudinn's investigations I am chiefly indebted
to M. Schlumberger, who in the following two papers has given an excellent
resume of Schaudinn's Preliminary Notes, with a reproduction of Schau-
dinn's figures. Note sur la Biologie des Foraminiferes. La Plastoqamie
dans les Foraminiferes, par Ch. Schlumberger, in La Feuille des Jeunes
Nattiralistes, in Mars et Mai, 1896.
115
It now became the task of the investigators to watch the evolu-
tion of the megalospheric form. A considerable proportion of the
nucleoid bodies that during the embryonic condition were scat-
tered through the protoplasm of the microspherical individual
were seen to unite and form a compact mass, which became the
nucleus of a new megalospheric individual, and, according to
Lister, such nucleus generally occupies the primordial chamber.
When this individual of the megalospherical plan of growth has
reached the reproductive stage, the principal nucleus disappears,
broken up and absorbed into the protoplasmic mass, and minute
nuclei make their appearance. A karyokinetic division of all the
nuclei follows, the latter acting as centres around which the
protoplasm arranges itself, forming small spherical masses which
gradually and uniformly become distributed throughout the
protoplasmic body until the whole of the body substance is used
up in their formation, and the minute spheroids, which are the
ultimate product of this extended process of division, are set free
as flagellated zoospores of uniform size. These zoospores form
the embryos of the microspheric form of Polystomella crispa.
In these results the biological significance of the megalospheric
and microspheric plans of growth among the Foraminifera has
been explained. It has been demonstrated there are two methods
of reproduction — one by the production of embryos, and the other
by the emission of spores. The microspherical group produce
young in the form of embryos, which develop into megalospheric
individuals; and the megalospherical group produce spores, which
in turn reproduce the species on the microspherical plan of
growth. In a few rare cases, however (Schaudinn noticed three
in 4,300), it has been observed that where no principal nucleus
was formed in a megalospherical individual, the small nucleoid
bodies multiply directly from themselves, forming embryos instead
of spores. In this case a megalospherical parent produces
megalospheric offspring without an intermediate microspheric
generation. The proportion of numbers in the two forms is
worthy of note. The megalospheric form is much more common
than the microspheric. The proportion in Polystomella crispa,
according to Lister, is in the ratio of 34 to 1 ; and in Adelosina
polygonia, according to Schlumberger, the relative proportions
are as 8 to 1. The season of the year has apparently something
to do with these relative numbers, for the microspheric, or spore-
produced forms, on Lister's observations, occur in greater numbers
in the height of summer than in other parts of the year.
If I may for a moment longer tax your patience in reviewing
these biological researches I would refer to a recent discovery in
which M. Schaudinn has still further advanced our knowledge of
the life history of the Foraminifera. He has obtained abundant
116
evidence of the occurrence of copulation in some species which he
has had under observation. His preliminary notes * on this
subject have, by the consent of the author, been summarized and
translated into French by M. Schlumberger in a paper published
in La Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, in May, 1896, to which I
am indebted for a knowledge of this part of M. Schaudinn's dis-
coveries.
Prior to the discovery now referred to, copulation had been
observed to take place among some of the Rhizopoda, but no
exact determination had been made of the changes that were
thereby induced in the individuals concerned in the act ; and,
prior to the observations made by Schaudinn, no one had noted
the occurrence of copulation among the Foraminifera. The
researches of Maupas and Hartog on the methods of reproduction
among the lower forms of life, both in the vegetable and animal
kingdoms, published about five years ago, undoubtedly prepared
the way for the recent discoveries among the Foraminifera.
Maupas had pointed out that in the lower organisms long-con-
tinued propagation by fission without fusion resulted in a state
of senescene and ultimate extinction. This has been abundantly
confirmed by Professor Hartog, who says : — " We have evidence
on all sides to show that a sexual reproduction, colonial or
cellular, is rarely continued indefinitely in those organisms which
have a sexual process. After a certain continuance of asexual
reproduction the strain deteriorates." f What the author calls
a "rejuvenescence " must be attained by fusion of individuals to
prevent degeneration, and maintain the vigour of the organism.
To reach this rejuvenescence, in the case of the Protozoa, Hartog
notes that there are two leading types of reproduction, which he
designates respectively Karyogamy and Plastogamy. Karyogamy
(a term first used by Maupas) is defined by Hartog to be " the
fusion of two or more nuclei as well as of the cytoplasts into a
uninucleate cell." { " Plastogamy is the cytoplastic union of
cells without nuclear fusion. This, of course, brings about com-
plete mixture of the cytoplasts, comparable to that of the nuclei
in Karyogamy." § In the discoveries of Schaudinn, to be im-
mediately referred to, it will be seen that copulation among the
Foraminifera is plastogamic rather than karyogamic.
For the purposes in view, Schaudinn has chiefly confined his
observations to two species of Foraminifera, Patellina corrugata
and Discorbina globularis, both of which are common forms in
* F. Schaudinn, Ueber Plastogamie bei Foram. ; Sitz. Bericht. d. Oesellsch.
Naturforsch. Freunde, 1895, No. 10.
t"Some Problems of Reproduction," by M. M. Hartog, Quar. Jour.
Micro. Soc, vol. XXXIII. (1892), p. 64.
X Ibid. § Ibid.
117
Australian waters. One point clearly demonstrated is that
copulation can only take place under conditions in which the
respective individuals are qualified for copulation. These condi-
tions are apparently determined by the state of the nucleus.
Copulation only ensues when the individuals concerned have but
a single nucleus and this nucleus at rest, that is to say, not
undergoing sub-division. In every case observed where one or
both of the individuals of the same species had their nuclei on
the way to divide, the pseudopodia instead of fusing shrank away
from each other, but when two individuals approached each other
having their nuclei in the embryonic chamber, in a quiescent
condition, copulation ensued. These results were observed, not
only in the case of such examples as happened to come into contact
fortuitously, but were repeatedly experimentally confirmed by
Schaudinn, who used artificial means in bringing individuals to-
gether in various states with regard to their nuclear condition.
The act of copulation in the case of Patellina consists ap-
parently in the fusion of the protoplasm — that is, the cytoplast as
distinct from the nucleus in the individuals concerned. First the
pseudopodial extensions touch and merge and ultimately the main
portions blend, by which means the respective tests are raised
until they touch, not face to face, but at an angle forming a V
shaped space between the two shells. The open sides are rapidly
built up by the organisms with grains of sand and other fortui-
tous fragments that may be at hand, to give the greater protec-
tion, and (as we have already seen taken place in the case of
Polystomeila crispa when in the act of reproduction) the whole
of the animal substance leaves the shells and is united into one
mass enclosed within the chamber formed for the occasion. After
the lapse of an hour or two, or even days, the protoplasmic mass
breaks up and concentrates around the nuclei ; each little frag-
ment takes a globular form and secretes a test which forms the
embryological chamber of the new life. When the embryos are
ready for independent existence the temporary barriers are
broken and they escape from the " nuptial cavern." In this act
of copulation several individuals can take part concurrently
(Schaudinn actually observed groups up to five) but they must all
be mononucleary in condition, and the fusion is limited to the
protoplasm as distinct from the nuclei.
The process of copulation in Discorbina is very similar to that
already described in the case of Patellina. The Hat faces of the tests
are brought together so that the respective apertures can readily
communicate. Portions of the walls of the final chambers are even
reabsorbed to permit of freer intercourse, and the open space
between the shells temporally enclosed by a film of carbonate of
lime. The multiplication of the nuclei and the formation of
118
embryos go on simultaneously in the two individuals. Each
nucleus forms an embryo — only one nucleus to each embryo — and
the latter develops two or three chambers by growth before it
escapes from the conjugal enclosure.
It is therefore clear that, whilst an agamic reproduction is the
commonest method of increase among the Foraminifera, a conjugal
union of individuals is necessary at certain times and under fit
conditions as a means of preventing the deterioration of the
species. It has also been established, so far as the species placed
under observation are concerned, that the act of copulation is
exclusively of the nature of plastogamy.
Quite recently Mr. J. J. Lister has propounded a very ingeni-
ous theory to explain the alteration of plan of growth which takes
place in the microspheric forms of Biloculina and Triloculina*
Among the Miliolidae the principal types exhibit a biloculine,
triloculine, or quinqueloculine test, according as two, three, or
five chambers are exposed externally. It has been observed that
in the case of the (? sexually produced) microspheric forms of
Triloculina the early chambers of the shell are arranged on a
quinqueloculine plan, changing in the later stages to the trilocu-
line arrangement; and in the case of Biloculina, the early
chambers are quinqueloculine, then triloculine, and finally
biloculine. No such transmutations of form occur in the
(asexual) megalospheric forms, but these are respectively either
triloculine or biloculine throughout their growth. The questions
Mr. Lister has attempted to solve are — First, why this remark-
able change should take place in the growth of the genera referred
to ; and, second, why such a change should be characteristic of
the microspheric and not the megalospheric form. The assump-
tion is, that the sexually-produced microspheric form goes out of
its way to repeat the arrangement characteristic of allied forms
before it attains the arrangement proper to its own genus. Mr.
Lister says — " Is not this a particular instance of a phenomenon
widely met with in higher forms of animals, in which the indi-
viduals produced by budding attain the adult structure by a
direct development, while those produced from the egg often
develop by an indirect course, going out of their way to repeat
lost features characteristic of the archaic forms of their race 1 . .
In the case of higher animals the larval stages are lost, the body
of the larva being fashioned into that of the adult, but in this
group of the Protozoa, the Miliolidse, the peculiar structure of the
young is permanently recorded, being built in and retained in the
centre of the chambers subsequently added, "f If Mr. Lister's
* " A Possible Explanation of the Quinqueloculine arrangement of the
Chambers in the Young of the Microspheric Forms of Triloculina and
Biloculina," Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc, vol. IX., p. 236 (1897).
t Op. cit.
119
interpretation of these structural phenomena be correct, it follows
that the quinqueloculine plan of growth is the primitive type of
the group, whilst the triloculine and biloculine varieties represent
later modifications of the primitive form in its successive stages of
evolution.
FORAMINIFERA IX BOULDER CLAY.
What promises to have an important bearing on the theory of
the formation of Boulder Clay in the Northern Hemisphere is
the discovery of Foraminifera in the glacial deposits of Ireland,
Scotland, England, Denmark and other Continental countries.
As far back as 1879, Mr. Joseph Wright, of Belfast, began an
examination of the Boulder Clay for Foraminifera, and has
summarised his latest results in two papers published in the
Transactions of the Geological Society of Glasgow for 1894 and
1895. In almost every instance in which he examined the
unstratitied Till of Ireland and Scotland, he found Foraminifera
present in the material. The shells, which in the majority of
cases were rare, were found free from either weathering or
abrasion, and had evidently lived and died in situ. It would
have been of great interest if Mr. Wright had indicated at what
height above the sea the samples were taken from, and whether
the Boulder Clay of high altitudes carried the same evidences of
foraminiferal life as the Clay at lower levels. The attention of
other investigators having been called to these occurrences, Mr.
T. Mellard Reade * has been successful in finding Foraminifera
in the Boulder Clay of England. Dr. Madsen f has made a
similar discovery in Denmark, and Johannes Korn X ll1 Germany.
The unstratified Till has been hitherto generally considered as a
moraine profunde, but if the evidences now adduced be confirmed
as a feature pertaining to the Till in general, it will prove
beyond question that it has been laid down under marine con-
ditions.
THE DETERMINATION OF LOCAL FAUN.E.
The recent work done among the Foraminifera in determina-
tion of local fauna? commands a moments notice. In the lamented
death of my friend and frequent helper (Henry B. Brady, F.R.S.)
in 1891, the most conspicuous British authority on the Foram-
inifera was removed from us. His death left a gap in the British
ranks that has not been adequately filled by any one particular
worker in this department of natural history, but there are not
a few whose labors are worthy of honorable mention. The
monograph on " The Foraminifera of the Crag," which was begun
* Proc. Liverpool Geo. Soc, 1896.
t Middelelser Fra Dansk. Geologisk Forening, 1895.
t Ueber Foraminiferen in Glacialthonen. Xeus Jahrbuch fur Mineral,
Geol. unci Palaontol. Stuttgart, 1895.
120
by the publication of Part I. in the Pakeontographical Society's
volume for 1865, has, after an interval of thirty years, been com-
pleted in the Society's volume for 1895. The authorship of the
earlier part was by Messrs. Rupert Jones, W. K. Parker, and H.
B. Brady. Of this distinguished triad only the first-named re-
mains with us to-day. Prof. Rupert J ones, whose name will ever
stand in the first rank of students of the Foraminifera, and who
has nearly completed his half century of observations in this de-
partment of study, takes the leading position in the completion of
the monograph. He has been ably assisted by H. W. Burrows, C.
I>. Sherborn, F. W. Millett, R. Holland, and F. Chapman, each
of whom brings a special knowledge to bear on the branch of the
work entrusted to him. It is significant of the progress the
science has made in the interval that no less than thirty-one of
the specific determinations made in Part I. have had to be
corrected in their classification in the Part just published. Mr.
Frederick Chapman, F.R.M.S., who either independently or as
collaborator with other well known naturalists, has greatly en-
riched our knowledge of the British fossil Foraminifera, has for
more than ten years been engaged on a monograph of the Foram-
inifera of the Gault, of which nine Parts have already been pub-
lished and about 250 species figured. Mr. Chapman's patient
and exhaustive labors are all the more valuable in that he has
worked out the foraminiferal fauna of the Gault in relation to
the zonal distribution of the species.
Deep sea dredging for scientific purposes has, of late years,
been prosecuted by many of the leading nations of the world.
An expedition of this kind was carried out by the U.S. Fish
Commission steamer "Albatross" in 1891, under the scientific
control of Alexander Agassiz, the able Director of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. The ground investigated
was an unexplored region of the ocean floor off the West coast
of Central America, from the Galapagos on the Equator to the
Gulf of California as the northern limits of the explorations, and
has yielded material for a large number of monographs in eluci-
dation of the rich and interesting fauna 3 then obtained. The
Foraminifera were intrusted to Axel Goes, the eminent Swedish
naturalist, who has worked out with distinguished ability the
very rich foraminiferal material obtained in these dredgings, and
has added to our knowledge a large number of new forms. Goes*
"Work forms the XX Bulletin of the series, and was published in
1896.
One of the most valuable contributions to our subject within
recent years is that of Dr. R. D. M. Yerbeek and R. Fennema
in a joint description of the Geology of Java and Madoura* r
* Description geologique de Java et Madoura. Tomes II. Amsterdam r
1896.
121
published last year in two volumes by order of the Governor-
General of the Netherlands East India. The islands of Java,
Sumatra, and others that are adjacent, possess a remarkable
assemblage of large Foraminifera, chiefly of Tertiary age,
belonging to several genera. The authors referred to have con-
fined their attention mainly to these conspicuous forms, and
particularly those belonging to the Family Nummulinida?, which
the3 T have described with great care and illustrated by detailed
drawings that are models in their clear and faithful representation
of the objects described. The Work must rank as one of the
most important contributions in the elucidation of this important
family of the Foraminifera.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Before I conclude, I must refer to one more important contri-
bution to the study of the Foraminifera, which, though not
dealing with research in the ordinary use of that term, has
placed all original workers under lasting obligations to its author.
I refer to Mr. Charles Davies Sherborn's exhaustive work, " An
Index to the Genera and Species of the Foraminifera," published
by the Smithsonian Institution, in two parts ; Part I. being
issued in 1893, and Part II. in 1896. Mr. Sherborn had already
secured a world-wide reputation by his " Bibliography of the
Foraminifera," brought down to the year 1888, and his *' Index"
supplies a ready reference to all species that have been described
up to 1889. The work is an inestimable boon to the specialist,
not only minimising the labour of wading through a voluminous
and scattered literature, but has greatly 'limited the chances of
duplication in the description and naming of species. In the
same direction I cannot forbear mentioning the valuable aid
which naturalists, in general, will in future obtain from the
"Record of Geological Literature," which the Geological Society
of London has recently undertaken to publish as an annual
volume. The scheme followed will practically amount to a
Bibliography, in at least the geological field of investigation, and
be the means of calling attention to the published results of
of workers in the same departments of study that might other-
wise be overlooked.
122
DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY
For the Year 1896-97.
TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTS.
Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments.
Austria and Germany.
Berlin — Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde, band XXX,
No. 6 ; XXXI., No. 1.
Verhandlungen, ditto, band XXIII. , Nos. 1 to 3.
Sitzungberichte der Koniglicb Preuss. Akad. der Wis-
senschaft. zu Berlin, Nos. 40 to 53 (1895), and Nos,
1 to 25 (1897).
Abhand. der Konig. Preuss. Metereolog. Instituts r
Ergeb. der Beobacht. an den Stationen, 1893, 1894,
1896. Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit, ditto, 1896.
Gottingen — Nacbricht. von der K. Gesellschaft der Wissensch. u.
d. Georg-August. Universitat, heft 3 to 4 (1896) r
heft 1 (1897).
Halle — Leopoldina, heft 31.
Nova Acta der K. Leopold-Carol. Deut. Akad. der
Naturforscher, band LXIIL, No. 1 ; LXVL, No. 1.
Kiel — Schrift. der Naturwiss. Vereins fur Schleswig-Holstein,
band X., heft 2.
Munich — Sitzungsb. der Mathem.-Physik. Classe der K. B,
Akad. der Wissensch. zu Munich, heft 3-4 (1896),
heft 1 (1897).
Vienna — Sitzungsb. der Mathem.-Naturwissen. Classe Kaiser,
Akad. der Wissensch., Nos. 7, 13, 14, 17 (1897).
— Verhand. der K. Geolog. Reichenstalt, Nos. 13-15
(1896), Nos. 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 (1897)
K.K. Gradmess.-Bureau, Astronom. Arbeiten, band
VIII. (1896).
Verhand. der K.K. Zoolog.-Botan. Gesellsch. in Wien,
band XL VI., heft 9, 10.
Annalen der K.K. Naturhist. Hofmuseums, band X. r
Nos. 2-4 ; band XL, Nos. 1-4.
Wurzburg — Sitzungsb. der Physik.-Medicin. Gesellsch., Nos. 1 to
11 (1896).
123
Australia and New Zealand.
Adelaide — Gov. Geologist — Report Arltunga Goldfield and
Hart's Range Mica Field (1897)
Brisbane — Depart, of Agriculture — Botany Abridged, 2nd Edit.,
1897.
Royal Society of Queensland, vol. XII.
Hobart — Royal Society of Tasmania, Papers and Proceedings,
* 1897.
Melbourne — Victorian Naturalist, vol. XIII., Nos. 9 to 12 ; vol.
XIV., Nos. 2 to 4.
Royal Society of Victoria — Proceedings, vol. IX.,
n. s. ; vol. X., pt. 1.
Royal Geograph. Society of Australia — Transactions,
vol. XIV.
— ■ Department of Mines and Water — Annual Report,
1896. Report on the Bendigo Gold Fields,
Nos. 1-2.
Sydney — Australian Museum — Memoirs III., Atoll of Funafuti.
Records, vol. Ill , No. 2. Report, 1896.
Royal Society of New South Wales, vol. XXX., 1896.
Agricultural Gazette, vol. VII., parts 10-11 ; vol. VIII.,
pts. 1-5, 7.
■ Linnean Society— Proceedings, vol. XXI., pts. 3, 4.
Department of Mines and Agriculture — Records of the
Geolog. Survey of N.S.W., vol. V., pt. 2. Report,
1896.
Sydney Observatory — Meteorological Observations (H.
L. Russell).
Wellington, N.Z. — New Zealand Institute — Transactions and
Proceedings, 1896.
■ Department Lands and Survey — Reports,
1894-5; 1895-6.
Belgium.
Brussels — Annales de la Societe Entomologique de Beige, tome
39, 1895.
Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege,
tome XIX.
Canada.
Halifax — Nova Scotian Institute Nat. Sciences, Proceedings, vol.
IX., part 1.
Montreal — Canadian Record of Science, vol. VII., No. 4.
Ottawa — Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, 1894 ;
ditto, 1895.
Toronto — Canadian Institute : Annual Reports, 1887, 1892,
1893, 1894; Transactions, vol. I., part 1 ; Pro-
ceedings, vol. I., parts 1, 2.
124
France.
Nantes— Bulletin de la Societe Sciences Naturelles de l'Ouest de
la France, tome VI., Nos. 2, 3 (1896).
Paris — Feuilles des Jeunes Naturalistes, Nos. 314 to 321.
Bulletin des Seances Societe Entomologique, Nos. 15 to
20 (1896); Nos. 1 to 12 (1897). Annales, vol.
LXIV. (1895).
Bulletin des Museums d'Histoire Naturelle-Geologie des
Indes Anglaises.
Great Britain and Ireland.
Cambridge — Philosophical Society, Proceedings, vol. IX., part 5.
Dublin — Royal Irish Academy, Proceedings, vol. IV. part 1.
Edinburgh — Royal Physical Society, Proceedings, 1895-6.
■ Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. XX.
Edinburgh Geological Society, Transactions.
London — Royal Microscopical Society, Journal, parts 5, 6 (1896) ;
parts 1 to 4 (1897).
Roval Society, Proceedings, vol. LX., Nos. 360 to 368 ;
vol. LXL, Nos. 369 to 376.
Linnean Society, Proceedings, Nov., 1895; June, 1896.
Entomological Society of London, vol. 1896.
Chemical Society, Journal.
Imperial Institute, Journal, vol. II., Nos. 22, 23 ; vol.
III., No. 26.
Leeds — Journal of Conchology, vol. VIII. Nos. 8 to 11.
Manchester — Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society,
vol. XLI., parts 1 to 3.
Manchester Geological Society, vol. XXIV., part
10 ; vol. XXV., parts 4 to 7.
India.
Calcutta — Indian Museum, Ancient Coins, parts 3, 4.
Madras — Madras Government Museum, Bulletin, vol. II., No. 1.
Italy.
Florence — Societa Entomologica Italiana, Bulletin I. to IV.,
1897.
Milan — Atti della Societa Italiana Scienze Naturali Milano,
vol. XXXVI., Nos. 15 to 26 ; vol. XXXVIIL, Nos.
1 to 7.
Palermo — Bolletino della Societia Botanico di Palermo, Anno I.,
part 1.
Pisa — Atti della Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali, vol. XV.
Turin — Bolletino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata
dello R. Univer. di Torino, vol. XL, Nos. 260 to
267 : vol. XII., Nos. 268 to 292.
125
Java.
Batavia — Natrkuncig Tidschrift deel LVL; Boekwerken, 1896.
Amsterdam — Geological Description of Java and Madoura,
tomes I., II., with maps.
Japan.
Tokio — Asiatic Society, Transactions, vol. XXIV.
Seismological Society, Transactions, 1896.
College of Science, University of Japan, vol. IX., part 2 ;
vol. X., parts 1, 2.
Geograph. Soc. of Japan, vol. XVIII., Xo. 3.
Mexico.
Mexico — Sociedad Cientifica, tomo IX., Nos. 9, 10 ; tomo X.,
Nos. 1 to 4.
Instituto Geologico, Bolletino, Nos. 4 to 6.
Norway and Sweden.
Bergens — Bergens Museum Aarbag, 1896, part 1 (Isopoda), part
2 (Crustacea) ; 1897, parts 3 to 6.
Christiana — Den Norske Nordhavs Expedit., 1876-78, No.
XXIII. (Tunicata), No. XXIV. (Protophyta).
Fauna Norvegia;, No. I. (Phyllocarida of Phyllopoda).
Norvegischen Meteor. Instit. Jahrbuch, 1893-4-5.
■ Norronaskellen Crania Antiqua, 1897.
Philologiske Afghandlingen.
Stockholm — Geologiska Foreningens, 1896.
— Entomologisk Tidschrift, vol. 1896, heft 1 to 4.
Stavanger — Stavanger Museum Aarb., 1895.
Trondhjem — Kongelige Norske Videnskabers, 1894-5.
Upsala — University of Upsala, Bulletin of Geological Institution,
vol. II., parts 2 to 4.
Russia.
Moscow — Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes, bulletin Nos. 2 to
3, 1896.
St. Petersburg — Societe Imperiale Mineral., band 32.
Comite Geologique, bulletin tome XIV., Nos. 2
to 4 ; tome XV., Nos. 2-5
Academie Imperiale des Sciences. Bulletin, tome
VI., Nos. 1 to 3.
Switzerland.
Geneva — Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle, Compte
Rendue des Seances, vol., XIII., 1896.
Lausanne — Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, bulletin
XXXIL, Nos. 121-122; XXXIII., No. 123.
Neuchatel — Societe Neuchatelaise de Geographie, bulletin, tome,
VIII., 1894-5.
126
South America.
Buenos Aires — Acadomia Nacional de Ciencias, boletin, tome,
XIV., Nos. 3, 4.
Montevideo — Musee Nacional, annales V., VI., VII.
Rio de Janein — Observatoria, Annuario 189(5.
Musee Nacional, Archivos, vol. VIII.
South Africa.
Cape Town — Philosophical Society, vol., VII., pt. 2.
United States America.
Baltimore — John Hopkins' University Studies, series XIII.,
Nos. 9 to 12 ; XIV., Nos. 1 to 5 ; circulars, vol.
XVI., Nos. 129-130.
American Chemical Journals, vol. XVII., Nos. 8 to
10 ; XVIIL, Nos. 1 to 5.
Journal of Philology, vol. XVI., Nos. 2 to 4.
Boston — Society National History Proceedings, vol. XXVII.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Proceedings,
vol. XXIII.
Cambridge — Harvard Museum Comparative Zoology, Bulletin,
vol. XXVIII., Nos. 2, 3 ; XXX., Nos. 1 to 6.
Cincinnati — Society of National History, Journal, vol. XVIIL,
Nos. 3, 4 ; XIX., No. 1.
Chicago — Field Columbian Museum, vol. I., Nos. 1 to 5.
Grenville, Ohio — Scientific Laboratories, Denison University,
vol. IX., pt, 1.
New York — Academy of Sciences, annals, vol. IX., Nos. 1, 3.
Microscopical Society, vol. XII., No. 4 ; XIII.,
Nos. 1 to 3.
Philadelphia — Academy Natural Sciences, Proceedings, parts 1,
2, 1896.
Rochester, N.Y. — Academy of Sciences, Proceedings, vol. III.,
pt. 1.
San Francisco — Californian Academy of Sciences, Proceedings,
vol. V., pt. 2 : Memoirs, vol. III., No. 5.
Salem — American Association, Advance. Science, Proceedings,
1895.
St. Louis — Missouri Botanic Gardens Report, 1896.
Washington — National Academy of Sciences Memoirs, vol, III.
U.S. Geologicol Survey — Annual Report, 15, 16;
Bulletins 123, 126, 128, 129, 131, 134.
Department of Agriculture, N.A. Fauna, No. 12 ;
Monograph, Common Birds in their relation
to Agriculture.
127
LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, &c.
November, 1897.
Those marked (f) were present at the first meeting when the Society was
founded. Those marked (l) are Life Fellows. Those marked with
an asterisk have contributed papers published in the Society's
Transactions.
Any changes in the addresses should be notified to the Secretary.
£2ta! HONORARY FELLOWS
1857. Barkeley, Sir Henry, K.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.R.S., Royal Colonial
Institute, London.
1893. "Cossmann, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 93, Paris.
1897. * David, T. VV. E., B.A., Professor of Geology, Sydney University,
New South Wales.
1897. *Dennant, John t , F.G.S., Inspector Technical Schools, Camberwell,
Victoria.
1876. Ellery, R. L. J., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., late Government Astronomer
Victoria, The Observatory, Melbourne, Victoria.
1890. *Ethekidge, Robert, Director Australian Museum, Sydney.
1853. Garran, A., L.L.D., Sydney, New South Wales.
1893. Gregorio, Marquis de, Palermo, Sicily.
1855. Hull, H. M., Hobait, Tasmania.
1855. Little, E.
1876. Russell, H. C., B.A., F.R.*\, F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer
New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales.
1894. * Wilson, J. T., M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Sydney University.
corresponding members.
1881. Bailey, F.M., F. L.S., Colonial Botanist, Brisbane, Queensland.
1881. *Cloud, T. C, F.C.S., Manager W T allaroo Smelting Works, South
Australia.
1880. *Foelsohe, Paul, Inspector of Police, Palmerston, Northern Terri-
tory, Australia.
1881. Goldstein, J. R. Y. , Melbourne, Victoria.
1880. *Kempe, Rev. J., Australia.
1893. "McKtllop, Rev. David, S.J., late Daly River Mission, Northern
Territory.
1892. *Maiden, J. H., F. L.S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Sydney,
New South Wales.
1888. * Mask ell, W. M., Wellington, New Zealand.
1886. Nicolay, Rev. C. G., Freemantle, Western Australia.
1880. * Richards, Mrs. A., Mount Barker, South Australia.
1892. *Schultz, Rev. Louis.
1883. *Stirlin t c, James, Government Geologist, Victoria.
1893. *Stretton, W. G., Palmerston, Northern Territory
128
FELLOWS.
1887. Adcock, D. J., Adelaide, South Australia.
1874. Angas, J. H., Adelaide, South Australia.
1897. Ashby, Edwin, Adelaide, South Australia.
1887. Bagot, John, Adelaide, South Australia.
1893. *Bednall, W. T., Adelaide, South Australia.
1887. *Blackburn, Rev. Thomas, B.A., Woodville, South Australia.
1884. Boettger, Otto, Adelaide, South Australia.
1886. *Bragg, W. H., M.A., Professor of Mathematics, University of
Adelaide, South Australia.
1882. Brown, L. G. Adelaide, South Australia.
1883. *Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S., Government Geologist South Australia,
Adelaide.
1897. Browne, J. H., North Adelaide, South Australia.
1893. Brdmmitt, Robert, M.R.C.S., England, Kooringa, South
1884. Bussell, J. W., F.R.M.S., North Adelaide, South Australia.
1879. *Cleland, W.L., M.B., Ch.M., J. P., Colonial Surgeon, Resident
Medical Officer Parkside Lunatic Asylum, Lecturer on
Materia Medica University of Adelaide, Parkside, South
Australia.
1876. (l) Cooke, E., Commissioner of Audit South Australia, Adelaide,
South Australia.
1895. Cooke, John H., Adelaide, South Australia.
1880. Cox, W. C, Semaphore, South Australia.
1887. *Dixon, Samuel, Adelaide, South Australia.
1876. Dobbie, A. W., Adelaide, South Australia.
1896. Drummond, J. H. G., M.D., Moonta.
1893. Dudley, U., Drake, N.S.W.
1890. *East, J.J , F.G.S., (Corresponding Member, 1884), Kalgoorlie,
W.A.
1886. Fleming, David, North Adelaide, South Australia.
1882. Fowler, William, Melton, Yorke's Peninsula, South Australia.
1889. Fraser, J. C, Adelaide, South Australia.
1880. *Goyder, George, Jun., F.C.S., Government Analyst South
Australia, Adelaide, South Australia.
1887. Grasby, W. C, F. L.S., Grenfell-street, Adelaide, South Australia.
1896. Greenway, Thomas J., Ease Adelaide.
1896. Hawker, E. VV., LL.B., B.A., F.G.S., Gladstone Chambers,
Adelaide.
1891. *Holtze, Maurice, F.L.S. , Director Botanic Gardens, Adelaide
(Corresponding Member, 1882), Adelaide, South Australia.
1883. *Howchin, Walter, F.G.S., Goodwood East, South Australia.
1893. James, Thomas, M.R.C.S., England, Moonta, South Australia.
1896. Jones, J. W., Conservator of Water, Adelaide.
1853. (f) Kay, Robert, General Director and Secretary South Australian
Public Library, Museum, &o. , Adelaide, South Australia.
1894. Kershaw, James A., Entomologist National Museum, Melbourne.
1897* Lea, A. M., Col. Entomologist, Perth, W.A.
1884. Lendon. A. A., M.D., M.R.C.S., Honorary Physician Children s
Hospital, North Adelaide, Adelaide, South Australia.
1856. Lloyd, J. S., Adelaide, South Australia.
1888. *Lower, 0. B., F. Ent. S., Broken Hill, N.S.W.
1885. *Lucas, R. B., Adelaide, South Australia.
1896. Lukowitz, M. von, M.D., Adelaide.
1897. Marsh, C. W., Menzies, W.A.
1874. Mayo, G. G., C.E., Adelaide, South Australia.
129
1892. *Meyrick, E. T., B.A., Ramsbury, Hungerford, Wiltshire,
England.
1885. Molineux, A., F.L.S., Secretary Central Agricultural Bureau
South Australia, Kent Town, South Australia.
1859. (l) Murray, David, Adelaide, South Australia.
1884. Munton, H. S., Brighton, South Australia.
1896. Parker, Thomas, C. E., F.G.S., Rockhampton, Queensland.
1893. Perks, R. H., M.D., F.R.C.S., Adelaide, South Australia.
1883. Phillips, W. H., Adelaide, South Australia.
1886. Poole, W. B., Adelaide, South Australia.
1892. Priestley, P. H., Unley Road, Parkside.
1895. Ramagb, Rev. Granville, Norwood, South Australia.
1885. *Rennie. H. E., M.A., D.Sc, F.C.S., Professor of Chemistry Uni-
versity of Adelaide.
1876. Rutt, Walter, C.E., Assistant Engineer-in-Chief, Adelaide, South
Australia.
1891. Selway, W. H., Jus., Adelaide, South Australia.
1893. Simson, Augustus, Hobart, Tasmania.
1857. Smeaton, Thomas D. , Blakiston, Littlehampton, South Australia.
1871. Smith, Robert Barr, Adelaide, South Australia.
1881. 'Stirling, Edward C, C.M.G., MA., tf.D., F.R.S., F.R.C.S.,
Lecturer on Physiology University of Adelaide, Director
South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia.
1893. *Streich, Victor, F.G.S . Windanya, W.A.
1876. *Tate, Ralph, F.G.S. , Professor of Natural Science University of
Adelaide.
1886. "Tepper, J.G.O., F. L.S., Entomologist South Australian Museum
(Corresponding Member, 1878), Adelaide, South Australia.
1894. *Turner, A. Jefferis, M.D., Brisbane.
1889. Vardon, Joseph, J. P., Adelaide, South Australia.
1878. *Verco, Joseph C, M.D , F.R.C.S., Lecturer on Therapeutics
University of Adelaide, Adelaide, South Australia.
1883. Wain wright, E. H., B.Sc, St. Peter's College, South Australia.
1878. Ware, W. L., Adelaide, South Australia.
1859. Way, Samuel J., D.C.L., Chief Justice and Lieutenant-Governor
South Australia, Adelaide, South Australia.
1882. *Whittell, Horatio, M.D., M.R.C.S., F.R.M.S., President
Central Board of Health and City Coroner, Adelaide, South
Australia.
1886. *Zietz, A. H. C, F.L.S., Assistant Director South Australian
Museum, South Australia.
ASSOCIATE.
1895. Cleland, John B., Parkside, South Australia.
130
FIELD NATURALISTS' SECTION
OF THE
jiogal §0ct£tt) of §outh JUetraiia.
FOURTEENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
COMMITTEE,
Being for the Year ending September 30, 1897.
Evening Meetings. — Eight evening meetings have been held,
at which papers have been given as under : —
1896.
Oct. 20— Mr. O. E. Menzel, " Botanical Excursions in N.S.
Wales."
Nov. 17 — Various members, Results of Excursion to Port Elliot,
Port Victor, &c.
1897.
Apl. 13— Mr. J. Aitken, " The Fauna of Boston Island, Port
Lincoln."
May 18— Mr. J. W. Mellor, " Notes of a Collecting Trip to the
Flinders Ranges."
June 15 — Miss J. L. Hussey, "A Few Notes on South Australian
Algse."
July 20— Mr. E. Ashby, " Marine Life on the Brighton Rocks."
Aug. 17— Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S., "The Glacial Age in South
Australia."
Sept. 31 — Annual meeting, Chairman's Address by Mr. M.
Symonds Clark.
The aggregate attendance at these meetings has been greater than
for several years past. It will be seen that the subjects dealt
with have embraced several departments in Natural History, the
greatest interest, judging by the attendance, being shown in Mr.
Howchin's address on the "Glacial Age in South Australia."
Most of the papers have been given by, scientifically speaking,
the younger members of the Section, which must be regarded as a
hopeful sign. The exhibits have again been numerous and in-
teresting, and have given practical evidence of the enthusiasm of
collectors, especially in the departments of botany, ornithology,
131
and conchology. At the September meeting the orchid Acianthus
caudatus, found by Miss Hussey near Port Elliot, was exhibited
for the first time in the Section's history.
Excursions. — During the year eleven excursions have been
held, of which the following is a list : —
1896.
Oct. 10 — Norton's Summit.
24— National Park.
Nov. 7-9 — Three days' excursion to Port Elliot, Port Victor, &c.
1897.
Feby. 20 — Trawling and dredging off Glenelg.
April 10 — Dredging in Port River.
May 15 — The Grange (Pine Forest).
June 12 — Henley Beach to Glenelg.
July 17— Black Hill.
Aug. 21 — Semaphore to Grange.
Sept. 1 — Golden Grove and Gorge of the Little Para River.
" 18 — Blackwood.
The most noteworthy excursion was the three days' visit to Port
Elliot, <fec, in November last, when about twenty members
enjoyed a pleasant and profitable holiday. Several plants new
to most of the party were then gathered by them for the first
time. In the winter months the coast was visited, chiefly for
securing shells, while in the summer there were two trips on the
sea, one off Glenelg, for trawling and dredging ; the other in the
Port River, for dredging only. One excursion w-as held chiefly
for the study of ornithology. The whole-day trip on September
1st to Golden Grove and the Gorge of the Little Para River
(which places had not been visited together for 13 years) was
successful both from a social and scientific point of view, and
additional pleasure was given to the occasion through the kind
hospitality of Mrs. Robertson, of Golden Grove. The remaining
excursions were made to the hills, including that favourite resort
— National Park.
Protection of our Native Fauna and Flora. — A separate report
is, as usual, presented by this Committee, which, it will be seen,
has been engaged in formulating a new Bill to afford better pro-
tection to our native birds and other animals.
Royal Society's Library.- — The members of the Section were
reminded during the year that they had the privilege of access
to the valuable collection of books in the Royal Society's
Library.
Rules. — Owing to the necessity of a reprint of the Section's
Rules, the Committee have gone through them seriatim, and
have suggested a few alterations which they think will be an
improvement.
132
Financial. — The subscriptions have again considerably ex-
ceeded the payments, the former having amounted to £15, while
the disbursements have only been slightly over £10.
Membership. — Fresh names continue to be added to our roll
of membership, whilst, as always happens, some have been
removed from various reasons. The number now on the roll
is 88.
M. Symonds Clark, Chairman.
W. H. Selway, J un., Hon. Secretary.
Adelaide, 20th September, 1897.
NINTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE
FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE
OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS' SECTION OF
THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA,
TO BE PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL MEET-
ING OF THE SECTION ON 21st SEPTEMBER,
1897.
The Birds Protection Act. — The chief business of your Com-
mittee lias been the preparation of a bill for the further protec-
tion of the native fauna, embodying most of the provisions (in
an amended form) of the Game Act and the Kangaroo Protection
Act, together with some new clauses. Your Committee, believing
that the term " Game Act " was misleading, adopted the name
of the " Birds' Protection Act." The new clauses comprise pro-
visions, amongst others, for the protection of Cape Barren geese
on their island breeding places ; for the establishment of public
and private reserves for the protection of birds and other animals :
for preventing the sale of kangaroo skins of less than 1 lb.
in weight ; for the issue of licences to trap alive birds, &c, for
the purpose of domestication ; and for the granting of permits
to scientific collectors, providing, however, that such licences and
permits shall become void on conviction of the holder of any
offence under the Act. The first schedule comprises birds and
lizards to be protected during the whole year, the native birds
being distinguished by the scientific family or generic names
taken from Gould's Handbook to the Birds of Australia. The
second schedule includes all other birds and quadrupeds, with
certain named exceptions, to be protected during portions of the
year. Mr. Wm. White generously offered to submit the draft
bill to his solicitor, who suggested several amendments of a verbal
nature, which greatly improved the measure. The Minister of
Education has kindly promised to take charge of the bill. It is
133
now in print, and your Committee hope it may be introduced
this session.
The Mount Lofty Recreation Reserve. — In response to a com-
munication from the Secretary, a letter was received from Mr.
L. J. Milford, Honorary Secretary to the Committee taking-
charge of this Reserve, stating that his Committee would do all
in their power to prevent the destruction of shrubs and birds
upon the Reserve.
Kangaroo District, No. 2. — The period proclaimed for the pro-
tection of kangaroos in the western portion of the colony having
expired, the Secretary wrote to the Commissioner of Crown
Lands suggesting an extension of the period for another term,
and on the 14th inst. he received an intimation that this request
had been complied with. A notice in the Gazette of the 9th inst.
proclaims an extension for two years from the 8th inst. as regards
this district, comprising the Crown Lands in counties Robinson,
Dufferin, Way, Kintore, and Hopetoun.
Your Committee having last week observed a report of a
seizure in Victoria of a number of ducks, teal, &c, amounting to
some 3,000 head, which had been destroyed in the close season,
the Secretary wrote to the Commissioner of Crown Lands and
Survey, Melbourne, congratulating him on the seizure, and ex-
pressing the hope that adequate penalties had been imposed upon
the perpretators of such wholesale destruction.
Your Committee, in conclusion, desire to express their thanks
to the Commissioner of Crown Lands, the Minister of Education,
and the Commissioner of Police for assistance given in carrying
out their aims.
Samuel Dixon, Chairman.
M. Symonds Clark, Hon. Secretarv.
Adelaide, 20th September, 1897.
134
H
•MOC I 00 O O
OS —i C I C O OS
O ^ Tf ia
te
z
o
v.
<
H
U
W
(V
X
s
H
X
P5
H
X
<J
03
D
H
<
£
eg *j ~
O s-. -^
3 5
_; (N O ©
wOOO
^ c~ « >~
tf-g
£x
I si
<U MH -7-
S fl M
PQOX
o - -
EH
si
<
X
oo
-u
fe
„
o
0>
S-<
o
<JpQ
'd
><
ft
3
Hfe
X
.2
XX
_^
-a
OO
WW
o
01
c6
HH
„,
n3
0)
0?
— 3
^5
-9
"o
=:
T3
<
<
135
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
OF THE
llogitl gonctg of §0itth Jtngtralta.
FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT.
The Committee congratulate their fellow-members on being able
to present a Fifth Annual R-eport for their adoption.
The number on the roll is the same as last year, two having
been lost and two gained.
The work of the Society has been carried on by the President
and a few active members, which circle the Committee think
should be widened, and with that end in view has had prepared a
list of subjects, from which every member might select one or
more on which he could express his opinion or seek for informa-
tion, thereby starting a discussion, and so increase the interest of
the general meetings.
As in previous years, there have been five general meetings and
five business meetings of the Committee.
Papers on the following subjects have been read and dis-
cussed : —
" Shooting Stars and their Streams combined with Meteoric
Showers." Mr. R. F. Griffiths.
" Planetary Motions." Captain Lee.
" The Temples of Egypt from an Astronomical Point of
View." Miss A. M. M. Todd.
"Nebular Hypothesis, and the Action of the Tides." Mr.
R. W. Chapman,' M. A.
The subjects provided by the Question Box have received care-
ful consideration ; the more important were : —
" The limits of time exposure in Astronomical Photography."
" The alleged atmosphere of the Moon."
" Greenwich Observatory and the production of the Nautical
Almanack."
" The latitude and conditions under which the Moon may
be seen to rise at the same hour on consecutive days."
The Astronomical Notes (first issued in July, 1892, and now
in their sixth year of publication) have appeared regularly during
the past 12 months, reflecting great credit on Capt. Lee and Mr.
Griffiths, who are at the pains of preparing them.
Adopted at the Annual Meeting of the Society, held at the
Observatory, Adelaide, on the evening of Thursday, the 2nd Sep-
tember, 1897.
C. Todd, President.
W. E. Cheesman, Hon. Secretary.
136
<
H
/.
O
<
X
H
P
O
x
ft
c
>
H
a s
• © O CO o so
. o o eo qo o
X w
I °
"4?
o
c
8 5 8
o
3 a £
-5 To
3 O -12 J- 1 *
CO PLh on ft CQ
£ = = = s
T3 -h w ~
. 19 »9 O i-h
«rt 3
19 » >9 O
OS 0)
2 : "S
u m
1 -3
& 2 S
3 J I
« cc o M
o
S <!
* H N
ft H £
a H . a>
o O H -^
I H - a
* d £ *
1 J " &
ti
0D
w
Eh
ft
ft
t— I
PS
•s «
137
GENERAL INDEX.
[The species and genera, the names of which are printed in italics,
are described as new.]
Aborigines of the Lower North of South Aus-
tralia, Notes relating thereto, 72
Actteon dialing uendus, 3; eoanescens, 4 ; funi-
culifer, 2 ; olivellseformis, 4 ; puteolata, 5 ;
scrobiculatus, ] ; subscalatus, 2.
Agrotis callimera, 51 ; gypsina, 52.
Anarsia dryinopa, 57 ; holomela, 57.
Anthropological Notes, 72.
Aphodius Victorias, 88.
Aristotelia epipsila, 58 ; monostropha, 57.
Asemantus Leai, 28.
Atriplex Kochiana, 87.
Axynaon Championi, 34.
Birds, List of, about. Laura. 22.
Blackburn, Rev. T , New Genera and Species
of Australian Coleoptera, 28, 88
Browne, Mr. J. H., Anthropological Notes, 72.
BuWineUn altipJica, 14; angnstaia,l\.; aratula,
12 ; cuneopsis, 13 ; exigua, 10 ; infundibulata,
14 ; paucUineata, 12 ; phanerospira, 15.
Csesyra argyraspis, 54.
Calvert Expedition, botany of, 69 ; mollusca
of, 101.
Cambrian Fossils, occurrence of, in Mount
Lofty Range, 74.
Cape jervis District, glacial features of, 61.
Car condensatus, 35.
Central Australia, evidences of glaciation in,
68
Ceratognathus brenchi, 28.
Cleodora eumela, 59.
Coleoptera, new genera and species of, 28, 88.
Cooking Cress, aboriginal method of, 72.
Cosmotriche brachycera, 50.
Cossmann, Mr. M., Opisthobranchs of the
Older Tertiary of Australia, 1
Cress, aboriginal method of cooking, 72.
Cubicorhynchus tortipes, 96.
Cuspidaria simulans, 44; Tasmanica, 44;
trigonalis, 45.
Cylichnella callosa, 17.
Dav d, Prof., and Mr. W. Howchin, glacial
features of the In man Valley, 61.
Diphucephala Kershawi, 89.
EUeschodes Hamiltoni, 37.
Erechthias polyspila, 60.
Eutornia niphodes, stratimera, 58.
Exangetus angustus, 93.
Foraminifera, recent researches bearing on
the, 107.
Game, aboriginal method of obtaining, 72.
Gardenia Keartlandi, 70.
Gelechia desmatra, 56 ; hemichlcena, 55 ; rhicra-
delpha, 56 ; micromela, 55 ; monoleuca, 55 ;
ombrodes, 56.
Glacial features, Central Australia, 68 ; Inman
Valley and Cape Jervis district, 61.
Howchin, Mr. W. and Prof. David, glacial
features of the Inman Valley, 61.
Howchin, Mr. W., on the occurrence of Lower
Cambrian fossils in the Mount Lofty Range,
74 ; anniversary address, 106.
Hussey, Miss, some Port Elliot Plants, 100.
Hypena mesochra, 52.
Inman Valley, glacial features of, 61.
Isodon novitius, 28.
Lepidoptera, descriptions of new Australian
species, 50.
Lower, Mr. Oswald, descriptions of new Aus-
tralian Lepidoptera, 50.
Luciola Cowleyi, 34.
Lucina lacteola, 48.
Macrohelodes tasmanicus, 33.
Maiden, J. H., on a new Atriplex from South
Australia, 87
Microdes typhopa, 50.
Megapenthes futilis, 32.
Mollusca, Australian, critical remarks on, 40 ;
of the Cal ert Expedition, 101.
Morgan, Dr., List of birds about Laura, 22.
Mount Lofty Range, occurrence of Lower
Cambrian fossils, 74.
Nenenia thoracica, 37 ; virgata, 38.
Opisthobranchs of the Older Tertiary of
Australia, 1
Orophia rn.arm.orea, 54.
Ospidus gibbus, 94.
Pachygastra Vict or ice, 90.
Paraloea maritima, 51.
Paromarteon mutabile, 94.
Peltophora leucoplaza, 53,
Penthea Mastersi, 97.
Philobota monadella, 53.
Phloeopola pyrocentra, 53.
Plants, of the Calvert Expedition, list of, 69 ;
of the Port Elliot district, 100.
Plutella ochroneura, 59
Pojjonias capnopa, leucoma, 59.
Proctammodes ?ninor, 89.
Prostomis intermedins, 88.
Radiolaria in S. Australian rocks, 99, 101.
Rhytiphora Spenceri, 38.
Ringicula lactea, 18 ; Tatei, 19 ; tenuilira'a,
12 ; pr (donga, 20.
Roxania bulheformis, 17 ; scrobiculata, 16 ;
Woodsi, 16.
Rushes, aboriginal method of steaming, 72.
Scaphander Tatei, 9.
Scatptia lunulata, 95.
Semiacta3on mieroplocus, 5.
Steaming rushes, aboriginal method of, 72.
Stigmatium bimacidatum, 91
Stigmodera eampestris, 31 ; Caroli, 31 ; insul-
aris, 30 ; pulchripes, 31.
Tate, R , Critical remarks on some Australian
Mollusca, 40.
Tate, Prof , evidences of glaciation in Central
Australia, 68; list of plants of the Calvert
Expedition, 69.
Tornatina aptucha, 8 ; involuta, 8; longispira,
1 ; pachytycha, 6.
Tnploca ligata, 6.
Turritella o.njaeris, 41.
Typhlopidse of Australia, 25.
Typhlops pinguis, 25.
Umbtella australiensis, 20.
Volvulella inflatior, 9 ; Tatei, 8.
Waite, Mr., Notes on Australian Typhlopidae,
25.
Xylopertha hirticollis, 92.
Ypsolophus dryinodes, 58.
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr
Vol. XXI, PL I.
H
.
V V
3 4
#
% '1
10
11 12
41
f
f
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
J(
■ D vj f
'-•si S
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
)
P
30
I
28 20 31 32 33 31
Pissarro, phot.<
Sohisr i Parts
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr
Vol. XXL PI. II.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
# Di
8 9 10
c
\i
12
J
13 14 15 16
17 18 21 22
19 20
V V ^ *
23 24 25 26 27 28
31 1
* f
•2! I
32 33 31
Pissarro, photogi
bohitr i P iris
Vol. XXL Plate IH.
TYPHLOPS PINGUIS, sp. nov.
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY of SODTH AUSTRALIA.
OCT 1 1397 ^ _
12>0(o VO l. XXI., Part I.
[With^Three Plates.]
EDITED BY PROFESSOR RALPH TATE.
ISSUED JULY, 1897.
W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South
Australia, from Europe and America, should be addressed
"per W. G. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co.,
35, Milk Street, Gheapside, London."
CONTENTS.
PAGE.
Cossmann, M. : The Opisthobranchs of the Older Tertiary of Aus-
tralia (PI. i. and ii.) 1
Morgan, Dr. M. : List of Birds in the Neighbourhood of , Laura, S. A. 22
Waite, E. R. : Notes on Australian Typhlopidse (PI. iii.) 25
Blackburn, Rev. T. : Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera ... 28
Tate, Prof. R. : Critical Remarks on some Australian Mollusca ... 40
Lower, Oswald B. : Description of New Australian Lepidoptera ... 50
David, Prof. T. W. E., and Howchin, W. : Notes on the Glacial
Features of the Inman Valley .. . ... ... ... ... -.. 61
Tate, Prof. R. : Evidences of Glaciation in Central Australia ... 38
TRANSACTIONS
FEB 19 1898
OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
USL ♦
VOL. XXt.Part II.
INCLUDING PROCEEDINGS AND REPORTS
EDITED BY PROFESSOR RALPH TATE.
ISSUED DECEMBER, 1897.
W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South
Australia, from Europe and America, should be addressed
" per W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co.,
35, Milk Street, Gheapside, London."
CONTENTS
PART II. (Issued December, 1897.)
PAGE.
Tate, Prof. R. : A List of Plants collected by the Calvert Expedition 69
Browne, J. Harris ; Anthropological Notes relating to the Aborigines
of the Lower North of South Australia ... ... .. ... 72
Howchin, Walter : On the Occurrence of Lower Cambrian Fossils in
the Mount Lofty Ranges ... ... ... ... ... ... 74
Maiden, J. H. : On a New Atriplex from South Australia 87
Blackburn, Rev. T. : Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera .. 88
Abstract of Proceedings
Annual Report . . .
Balance-sheet ...
Presidential Address
List of Fellows
Donations to Library
103
105
106
122
127
APPENDICES.
Proceedings, Annual Report, and Balance-sheet of the Field Naturalists'
Section 130
Annual Report and Balance-sheet of the Astronomical Section .. 135
General Index ... ... 137
s>
3 2044 106 281 603
*w
f
m,
<k
mm %
f*7 -^^r ;
J*>**
4r * R
1&
uS* r
